Cheyenne PA-31T CHEYENNE Скачать руководство пользователя | Manualshive

Страница: 111 / 1437

background image

Paragraph

Grid No.

4-70. Removal of Handle (Inside) ........................................................................................1G9
4-71. Cabin Entrance Door Seal Assembly..........................................................................1G9
4-72. Removal of Cabin Door Seal ......................................................................................1G9
4-73. Installation of Cabin Door Seal...................................................................................1G9

Cabin Entrance Door Step Assembly ....................................................................................1G10
4-75. Removal of Steps ........................................................................................................1G10
4-76. Installation of Steps.....................................................................................................1G10

Cargo Door.............................................................................................................................1G10
4-78. Removal of Cargo Door ..............................................................................................1G10
4-79. Installation of Cargo Door ..........................................................................................1G10
4-80. Cargo Door Latch Assembly.......................................................................................1G11
4-81. Removal of Cargo Door Latch Assembly ...................................................................1G11
4-82. Installation of Cargo Door Latch Assembly ...............................................................1G11
4-82a. Seal Assembly - Cargo Door ......................................................................................1G11
4-82b. Removal of Cargo Door Seal ......................................................................................1G11
4-82c. Installation of Cargo Door Seal ..................................................................................1G11

Forward Baggage Door..........................................................................................................1G11
4-84. Removal of Forward Baggage Door ...........................................................................1G11
4-85. Installation of Forward Baggage Door........................................................................1G11
4-86. Removal of Forward Baggage Door Latch Assembly ................................................1G13
4-87. Installation of Forward Baggage Door Latch Assembly.............................................1G13
4-88. Adjustment of Forward Baggage Door Latch.............................................................1G14

Control Surface Balancing .....................................................................................................1G14
4-90. Checking Control Surface Balance .............................................................................1G14
4-91. Balancing Equipment..................................................................................................1G14
4-92. Balancing Definitions. ................................................................................................1G14
4-93. Aileron Balancing Procedure ......................................................................................1G21
4-94. Elevator Balancing Procedure.....................................................................................1G21
4-95. Rudder Balancing Procedure ......................................................................................1G22
4-96. Elevator Control System Friction Measurement.........................................................1G23
4-97. Checking Elevator Trim Tab Free Play .......................................................................1G23
4-97a Checking Aileron Trim Tab Free Play ........................................................................1G24
4-97b. Checking Rudder Trim Tab Free Play.........................................................................1G24

Structural Repairs...................................................................................................................1H2
4-99. Fuselage Sealing .........................................................................................................1H2
4-100. List of Equipment .......................................................................................................1H7
4-101. List of Materials ..........................................................................................................1H7
4-102. Surface Preparation .....................................................................................................1H10
4-103. Material Preparation....................................................................................................1H10
4-104. Application of Sealants ...............................................................................................1H11

1E15

PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL

Interim Revision: 10/19/94

«
...
109
110
111
112
113
...
»

Содержание PA-31T CHEYENNE

Страница 1: ...A 31T CHEYENNE PA 31T CHEYENNE II PA 31T1 CHEYENNE I PA 31T1 CHEYENNE IA PA 31T2 CHEYENNE IIXL PIPER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION JULY 2 1984 PART NUMBER 753 826 1A1 INTERIM REVISION OCTOBER 15 1997 Courtesy...

Страница 2: ...umber is vertical line reference per card Example 2J16 Aerofiche card number two of given set Grid location J16 To aid in locating the various chapters and related service information desired the foll...

Страница 3: ...1986 April 30 1986 August 21 1986 June 15 1988 March 13 1990 October 19 1994 March 20 1995 October 15 1997 Aerofiche Card Effectivity 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1Only 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8...

Страница 4: ...1TAND PA 31T1 2111 AEROFICHE CARDNO 3 VIIIA POWERPLANT PA 31T2 3A8 IX FUELSYSTEM 3D7 X INSTRUMENTS 3F2 AEROFICHECARDNO 4 XI ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 4A7 AEROFICHECARDNO 5 XII ELECTRONICS 5A9 XIII ENVIRONMENT...

Страница 5: ...ial Tools D16 3 1 Wing Flap Transmission Inspection 1E2 3 2 Wing Flap Actuator Cable 1E3 3 3 Friction Reduction in Wing Flap System 1E6 3 4 Wing Flap Motor E8 3 5 Inspection of Aileron Sprocket and Ch...

Страница 6: ...ging Tool J3 Installation of Aileron Rigging Tool J3 Elevator and Elevator Trim Controls 1J5 Installation of Elevator Rigging Tool 10 Elevator Travel Stops 10 Safety Wiring 10 Methods of Blocking Trim...

Страница 7: ...stem Schematic 2C10 6 19 Hand Pump Ozone 2C13 6 20 Hand Pump WiebelTool 2C16 6 21 Nose Gear ActuatingCylinder Ozone OAS 2923 3 2C18 6 22 Nose Gear or Main Actuating Cylinder WiebelTool WTC 2115 1 WTC...

Страница 8: ...Visual Check for Serviceable Limits Goodyear 5002376 2G24 7 25 Removal and Installation of Anchor Bolts 2H6 7 26 Wheel Brake Assembly Cleveland 30 106 2H8 7 27 B F Goodrich 2 1435 2 Brake Installatio...

Страница 9: ...nor Torque Adjustment B 21 8A 11 Running Adjustment Settings 3B24 8A 1la Fuel Nozzle Adapter Inspection 3C12 8A 12 Fuel Manifold Test Rig 3C15 8A 13 Oil Filter Element 3C19 8A 14 Digital Analog Torque...

Страница 10: ...oat Diagram 4B22 11 12 Cell Layout Nickel Cadmium Battery 4C5 11 13 Patch Harness 4C8 11 14 Wiring Diagram Pre Closed Loop Test 4C9 11 15 Wiring Diagram Automatic Line Contactor Test 4C9 11 15a Electr...

Страница 11: ...5A17 12 7 Avionics Master and Emergency Switch Circuit 5A19 12 8 Avionics Antenna Locations 5A22 13 1 Heating System Flow Diagram 5B6 13 2 Environmental Components 5B7 13 3 Cutaway of Heater Showing...

Страница 12: ...Plate 5E17 13 38 Checking Air Gap 5E 17 13 39 Removing Pulley Retaining Ring 5E17 13 40 Removing Pulley and Drive Plate 5E19 13 41 Removing Bearing 5E19 13 42 Installing Pulley and Drive Plate Bearing...

Страница 13: ...on 6B19 13A 12 Cabin Comfort 6B20 14 1 Oxygen System Installation PA 31Tand PA 31T1 6C7 14 2 Oxygen System Installation PA 31T2 6C8 14 3 Propeller and Engine Air Inlet Lip Deicer System 6C15 14 4 Elec...

Страница 14: ...nchronizer Installation 6F5 14 40 Propeller Synchronizer Schematic 6F8 14 41 Propeller Synchronizer Rigging Left Engine Only 6F10 14 42 Trimmer Assembly 6F11 14 43 Test Instrument T 46192 6F14 14 44 P...

Страница 15: ...c Power Pack Wiebel Tool 2A21 VI 1ll Inspection and Repair Hydraulic Pump 2D12 VI IV Troubleshooting Hydraulic System 2D16 VII 1 Inspection Limits Goodyear 9544171 4 2G5 VII 11 Inspection Limits Goody...

Страница 16: ...ter Propeller Engine Hour Recorder Annunciator Display New Lightweight Wire Vs Old Wire Wire Resistance U S Length Starter Generator Test Specifications Lear Siegler Inspection of Components Starter G...

Страница 17: ...d up Lip Deicer Temperature Sensor Check Troubleshooting Chart Engine Deicer System Operating Pressures Materials and Supplies for Cold Repairs Materials for Vulcanized Repairs Equipment and Tools for...

Страница 18: ...e Fuel Flow PA 31T Gas Generator Speed Data Plate Speed PA 31T Inter Turbine Temperature PA 31T Torque PA 31T Data Plate Speed Ratio Curve PA 31T Fuel Flow PA 31TI Gas Generator Speed Inter Turbine Te...

Страница 19: ...16 General Scopeof Manual Description Fuselage Wing Empennage Flight Controls HydraulicSystem LandingGear Engines Propellers Fuel System EnvironmentalControlSystem Instruments ElectronicEquipment Pres...

Страница 20: ...lever design consisting of two wing panels bolted together at the center of the fuselage Wing tip tanks may be installed depending on the installation The ailerons are cable and push rod controlled an...

Страница 21: ...ng defrosting and dehumidification of the airplane s cabin are all controlled from the cabin comfort control panel located on the lower right instrument panel The pressurization controls are mounted o...

Страница 22: ...2 18 External Power Receptacle B23 2 19 Operation of External Power Receptacle 1B23 2 20 Servicing 1B23 2 21 General B23 2 22 Fuel System 1B23 2 23 Servicing Fuel System B23 2 24 Filling Fuel Cells 1...

Страница 23: ...n of Oil 2 62 Lubrication of Threads 2 63 Lubrication of Gaskets and Seals 2 64 Lubrication Charts 2 65 Engine Accessory Drive Shafts Lubrication 2 66 Oxygen System 2 67 Servicing Oxygen System 2 68 O...

Страница 24: ...ine WL designations is frequently employed in this manual Refer to Figure 2 3 Fuselage stations buttock lines and water lines are reference points measured by inches in the vertical or horizontal dire...

Страница 25: ...PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL WITHOUT TIP TANKS 1330 WITH TIP TANKS 41 1 42 8 12 Figure 2 1 Three View of the Piper Cheyenne PA 31T and PA 31TI Reissued 2 6 81 1B1 HANDLING ANDSERVICING...

Страница 26: ...PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL DIA 5 STATIC GROUND LINE Figure 2 2 Three View of the Piper Cheyenne PA 31T2 Reissued 2 6 81 HANDLING AND SERVICING 1B2...

Страница 27: ......

Страница 28: ...3071 PIPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL FACE Figure2 3 Station ReferenceLines cont Added 10 15 82 1B4 HANDLING AND SERVICING...

Страница 29: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 2 3 Station Reference Lines cont Reissued 2 6 81 HANDLING AND SERVICING 1B5...

Страница 30: ...14 SAS COMPUTER 15 SAS VANE PA 31T PA 31T1 1 AUXIUARY POWER RECEPTACLE 2 OXYGEN CYLINDERRECHARGE 3 HYDRAULIC LINESAND ELECTRICALLEADS 4 ELECTRICALFUEL PUMP CROSSFEEDVALVE EMERGENCYSHUTOFFVALVE 5 ELEC...

Страница 31: ...BRAKE SYSTEM 21 RUDDERCONTROLHORN 22 TRIM CABLES 23 TRIM CABLES AND ELEVATORBELLCRANK ELECTRONICGEAR 24 DEICERAND INSTRUMENTSTATICAIR LINES CONTROLCABLES PRESSURIZATIONCONTROLVALVES 25 RUDDERPEDALTOR...

Страница 32: ...UXILIARY POWERRECEPTACLE 2 OXYGEN CYLINDER RECHARGE 3 HYDRAULIC LINESANDELECTRICAL LEADS 4 ELECTRIC FUELPUMP SELECTOR VALVE EMERGENCY SHUTOFF VALVE 5 ELECTRICAL LEAD 8 WINGBUTTCONNECTION FITTING 7 SPA...

Страница 33: ...SURIZATION CONTROL VALVES 25 RUDDER PEDAL TORQUETUBEREMOVE ACCESS 26 ELECTRICAL LEAD LINES TOENGINE INSTRUMENTS 27 CO2BLOWDOWNBOTTLES 28 RADIOS ELECTRICAL SHELF 29 NOSEBAGGAGEDOOR 30 NOSECONELATCH REL...

Страница 34: ...TRIC FUEL PUMP 12 AILERON CABLE AND FUEL LINE 13 AILERON CONTROL CABLE 14 FLAP TANSMISSION 15 FLAP TIME DELAY SWITCH 16 PNEUMATIC LINES 17 FLAP LIMIT SWITCHES 18 LANDING GEAR DOOR 19 CABLES AND WIRES...

Страница 35: ...ANDPNEUMATIC LINES 10 OIL COOLER DOOR 11 WASHRING 1 ICEDEFLECTOR DOORROD 2 FUELFILTER 3 HEATEXCHANGER ANDPLUMBING 4 OILFILLER QUANTITY DIPSTICK 5 OILCOOLERDOORTRANSMISSION RIGHT NACELLE ONLY AIRCONDTI...

Страница 36: ...55 Free Turbine 62015 5002 PWA 521 Type II CPW 202 Refer to SB No 100111 5 or 120012 latestrevision 2 3 U S gal PWA 522 latest revision or CPW 46 latest revision PROPELLER Hartzell Constant Speed Feat...

Страница 37: ...245 Goodyear 50023761 2 Cleveland 30 1061 2 B F Goodrich 2 1435 25 18 x 4 4 6 ply rating Type VII tube less1 5 for B F Goodrich 3 1331 Inflate to 90 psi 17 5 x 6 25 6 10ply tube type for B F Goodrich...

Страница 38: ...oted in sections where other values are stipulated Engine torque values are found in the latest revision of Pratt and Whitney Engine Maintenance Manual refer to Table II VIII for appropriate Pratt and...

Страница 39: ...fied by the manufacturer If the bolt or nut is specified to be lubricated prior to tightening the torque range should be reduced 50 percent 3 Use a bolt length long enough to prevent bearing loads on...

Страница 40: ...N 310 AN 315 AN 363 AN 365 NAS 1021 MS 17825 MS 21045 MS 20365 MS20500 NAS 679 AN 320 AN 364 NAS 1022 MS 17826 MS 20364 COARSE THREAD SERIES Nut bolt Torque Limits size in lbs Torque Limits in lbs Min...

Страница 41: ...N 364D NAS 1022D FINE THREAD SERIES Nut bolt Torque Limits Torque Limits size in lbs in lbs Min Max Min Max Torque Limits Torque Limits in lbs in lbs Min Max Min Max 8 36 10 32 1 4 28 5 16 24 3 8 24 7...

Страница 42: ...jacking weighing leveling mooring parking towing and taxiing When the airplane is handled in the manner described in the following paragraphs damage to the airplane and its equipment will be prevente...

Страница 43: ...planemay be leveledwhileon jacksduringthe weighingprocedure whilethe wheelsareon scales or while the wheelsare on the ground To levelthe airplane for weighingor rigging the following proceduresmay be...

Страница 44: ...ie down ropes to the wingtie downrings and the tail skid at approximately45 degree anglesto the ground Whenusing rope constructedof nonsyntheticmaterial leavesufficientslackto avoid damageto the airpl...

Страница 45: ...result in damageto the nose gear and steering mechanism A placard is installed on the nosegear strut to indicate turn limits Refer to Figure 2 10 In the event towing lines are necessary lines rope wil...

Страница 46: ...PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL I...

Страница 47: ...om the storage area to the airplane b Perform regular fuel filter inspections to determine if any sludge is present Microbial contami nation is visible as a slime or sludge which may vary in color red...

Страница 48: ...AND LEFT 11 FILLER OLEO SHOCK STRUT RIGHT AND LEFT 12 FUEL FILLER NACELLE TANK LEFT 13 COMPRESSOR AIR CONDITIONER 14 HOSE ENGINE OIL DRAIN RIGHT AND LEFT 15 FILTER ELEMENT ENGINE OIL RIGHT AND LEFT 16...

Страница 49: ...l open the accessdoor located on the left rear sideof each enginecowl andpush down on the drain valvearma few seconds Allowenoughfuel to flow each time to clearthe filter bowl CAUTION To prevent ramp...

Страница 50: ...procedures and safety precautions c Remove all sump drains on the affected side s and assure that all fuel has been removed d Remove the bottom wing root fairing e Remove the fuel cell and tank acces...

Страница 51: ...e crossfeed valve to be sure the heater and crossfeed lines are clean NOTE If the right wing part of the system is the only contaminated portion be certain that the crossfeed valve and the line is ade...

Страница 52: ...fluid The reservoir located in the upper nose section above the power pack shown in Figure 2 II should be checked at every 50hour inspection and replenished as necessary No adjustment of the brakes is...

Страница 53: ...he strut to the fullycompressedposition allowingfluid to overflow h With oleostrut in the compressedposition reinstallair valve and safety i Inflate the oleo struts with air to the required extension...

Страница 54: ...nd that it isat 90 tothe sides of the balancer b Releasethe tire If it is out of balanceit willrotate comingto restwith the heaviestpoint on the bottom Tape a 1 2 ouncepatch across top centerof thetir...

Страница 55: ...ir should be checked in accordance with the particular Inspection Manual being used Access to the reservoir is through the access door on the upper right portion of the nose section If the fluid level...

Страница 56: ...d that the oil be changed every 400 hours or 9 months whichever occurs first For engines operated in high utilization commuter airline type operation a basicoil change period of 800hours for 7 1 2 cen...

Страница 57: ...or low oil pressure readings have been noticed check for external leaks and oil filter contamination Clean oil filter and filloil tank to recommendedlevel Recordquantity of oil added and carryout a 15...

Страница 58: ...drip pan under engine b Remove oil drain plug or chip detector Refer to Paragraph 2 51 for chip detector service information located at the 6 o clock position on the reduction gearbox front case c De...

Страница 59: ...the observance of cleanliness will insure the maximum efficiency and utmost service of all moving parts Lubrication instruction regarding the locations time intervals and type of lubricants used may...

Страница 60: ...a number which references the component type of lubrication and frequency of lubrication in hours Special instructions are listed at the beginning of the lubrication charts and referenced on the part...

Страница 61: ...REFER TO THE LATEST REVISION OF PRATT AND WHITNEY SERVICE BULLETIN NO 1001 FOR A LIST OF APPROVED OILS FOR THE PA 31T AND PA 31T2 AND REFER TO SERVICE BULLETIN NO 12001 FOR THE PA 31T1 7 LOOSEN BOOT...

Страница 62: ...NOTE REFER TO THE APPROPRIATE CHART FOR SKETCHES LUBRICATIONSAND FREQUENCY Figure 2 12b Aircraft Lubrication Charts Added 4 25 83 HANDLING AND SERVICING 1C14...

Страница 63: ...SKETCHA SEE NOTE REFERTO SPECIALINSTRUCTIONS SKET CH Chart 2 1 Lubrication Chart Landing Gears PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1 I Revised 7 2 84 HANDLING AND SERVICING 1C15...

Страница 64: ...ENDS AND STEERING ROD ENDS 13 NOSE GEAR DOOR ACTUATOR RETRACTIONRODEND AND CYLINDERROD END SEE NOTE2 STD EMER 14 UPLOCK HOOK AND UPLOCK ROD STD EMER 15 DOOR HINGES 16 DRAG LINK ASSEMBLY AND IDLER LINK...

Страница 65: ...106 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1013 109 SKETCH C SKETCH D 289 261 SKETCH F SKETCH G 290 1344 SKETCH I SKETCH H Chart 2 2 Lubrication Chart Control System Revised 4 25 83 HANDLING AND SERVICING 1C17...

Страница 66: ...CALANDHORIZONTAL 16 CONTROLWHEEL ROLLERS UNK AND FLEXIBLE 17 RUDDERPEDALS TORQUETUBE BEARINGSAND BLOCK CONTROLCABLE ENDS BRAKECYLINDER ENDS AND PULLEYS 18 ELEVATORBELLCRANK PIVOTBOLTS AND CABLE ENDS 1...

Страница 67: ...ESFIRST REFER TO THE LATESTREVISION OF PRATTAND WHITNEY SERVICEBULLETIN NO 1001 FOR A LISTOF APPROVEDOILSFOR THEPA 31TAND PA 31T2ANDREFERTO SERVICE BULLETIN NO 12001 FORTHEPA 31T1 CARBON WIPE CLEAN VI...

Страница 68: ...PA 31T2 ONLY C623 r PIPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL 4 REFER TO SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS 4 2 REFERTOSPECIALINSTRUCTIONS Chart 2 3 Lubrication Chart Power Plant and Accessories cont HANDLINGAND SERVICING IC20...

Страница 69: ...P N 2196 741 LUBRICANT 487 PIPERCHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL SKETCHA 17 3212 19 S N 31T 7400002 THRU31T 8104073 S N 31T 8304001 AND UP SKETCHB Chart 2 3 Lubrication Chart Power Plant and Accessories cont R...

Страница 70: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 24 NOTE ANYTIMEQUILLSHAFTIS REMOVED Revised 4 25 83 Chart 2 3 Lubrication Chart Power Plant and Accessories cont HANDLING AND SERVICING 1C22...

Страница 71: ...S 20 CLEVISPINS AND BOLTASSEMBLiES 21 TRANSMISSION SCREW 22 CABINDOOR LATCH HINGES AND STEP MECHANISM 23 NOSE CONE AND FORWARDBAGGAGEDOOR HINGES AND LATCHES 24 SEAT TRACKS ALL 25 SPLINES OF QUILLSHAFT...

Страница 72: ...al clean c Never attempt to repair or repaint oxygen equipment d Keep fire and heat away from oxygen equipment Do not smoke whileworking with or near oxygen equipment and take care not to generate spa...

Страница 73: ...91 3 1614 5 1637 7 1660 9 1684 1 1707 3 1730 5 1753 7 1776 8 1800 0 1823 2 1846 4 1869 6 1892 8 1916 0 1939 2 1962 4 1985 5 2008 7 2031 9 2055 1 Filling Pressure For 1800PSI At NTP 1498 6 1521 8 1544...

Страница 74: ...2 1591 4 1614 6 1637 8 1661 0 1684 2 1707 4 1730 6 1753 8 1776 9 1800 1 1823 3 1846 5 1869 7 1892 9 1916 1 1939 3 1962 5 1985 7 2008 9 2032 1 2055 2 Filling Pressure For 1800PSI At NTP 1498 6 1521 8 1...

Страница 75: ...09 9 1633 9 1658 0 1682 0 1706 0 1730 0 1754 1 1778 1 1802 1 1826 1 1850 1 1874 2 1898 2 1922 2 1946 2 1970 3 1994 3 2018 3 2042 3 2066 4 2090 4 2114 4 Filling Pressure For 1850PSI At NTP 1537 8 1561...

Страница 76: ...yrefillanother aircraft cylinder although it will refillseveral smallercylinders 5 It is not economical evenon a three or four cylindercascadesystemto beginrechargingwith oxygenat lessthan 300psi pres...

Страница 77: ...e P W service manual e A soaking period of about 15 minutes should be observed after wash NOTE Motor engine with starter only Make sure ignition is off and appropriate fuel firewall shut off valve is...

Страница 78: ...ndow cleaning sprays c Rinse thoroughly and dry NOTE Do not apply wax to windshields d After cleaning plastic surfaces apply a thin coat of hard polishing wax Rub lightly with a soft cloth Do not use...

Страница 79: ...aviercoating of wax on the leading edgesof the wings and tail surfaces and on the nose cone section and propeller spinners to reduce the abrasion problems in these areas When repainting the airplane n...

Страница 80: ...PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL TABLE II VI DECIMAL CONVERSION CHART HANDLING AND SERVICING Reissued 2 6 81 1D8...

Страница 81: ...STL CHANNEL 2 REQ PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 110 ALL WELDED CONSTRUCTION 1 625 X4 0 X 180 X 13 0 STL CHANNEL 2 REQ Figure2 13 FabricatedJack Standfor PiperJack Part No 18338 0 Reissued 2 6 81 HANDL...

Страница 82: ...00 X 125 X 4 00 2 REQ PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1019 I 5 00 5 00 PLATE 375 END PIPE 125 REQ WHEELS OPTIONAL ALL WELDED CONSTRUCTION ANGLE CORNER DETAIL Figure2 14 FabricatedTailStand Reissued 2 6...

Страница 83: ...OPELLERANTI SPIN BRACE 51459 06 3 ENGINE AIR INLET COVER 51458 00 4 ENGINE GROUND PROTECTIONCABLE ELASTICCORD ON LATER MODELS 5 GROUND PROTECTIONWARNING STRAP 51526 00 1 4 o 3 Figure 2 15 Protective C...

Страница 84: ...55144 Trichlorethylene Perm A Clor MIL T 7003 Dextrex Chemical Industries Inc P O Box 501 Detroit Michigan 48232 Turco 4217 Turco Products Inc 24600 South Main Street P O Box 6200 Carson California 90...

Страница 85: ...s Low and High Temperature Grease High Temperature MIL G 23827 MIL L 3545 Superseded By MIL G 81322 Supermil Grease No A72832 American Oil Company 165N Canal Chicago Illinois 60606 Royco 27A Royal Lub...

Страница 86: ...laza Houston Texas 77002 PED 3337 Standard Oil of California 225 Bush Street San Francisco California 94104 Caltex Low Temp Oil Caltex Oil Products Co New York New York Sinclair Aircraft Orbitlube Sin...

Страница 87: ...line MIL G 5572 may be used for a maximum of 150 hours between overhaul Sealer Sentry Seal I Organic Products Co 1963 E Irving Blvd Irving Texas 75060 NOTE Manufacturers listed are not specifically re...

Страница 88: ...NTER PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL 598 PROPELLER MOUNTING BOLT WRENCH P N 51514 491 1348 51515 ENGINE SLING ASSEMBLY 51517 GOVERNOR ADJUSTING TOOL 1346 51519 FEEDBACK RING PULLER ASSEMBLY 51520 GROUND T...

Страница 89: ...IL STAND Refer to Figure 2 14 FABRICATEDSEALANT TOOLS Refer to Figure 4 28 FABRICATED AILERON ELEVATOR RIGGING TOOL Refer to Figure 5 27 I FABRICATED BELLCRANK RIGGING TOOL Refer to Figure 5 28 FABRIC...

Страница 90: ...0 7 30 1347 C476 0 FABRICATED TIRE BALANCER Refer to Figure 2 12a FABRICATED TOOL MAIN GEAR SIDE BRACE LINK TRAVEL Refer to Figure 7 31 1346 FABRICATED TOOL MAIN GEAR TOE INADJUSTMENT Refer to Figure...

Страница 91: ...ANVERS MA 01923 617 246 1600 BARFIELDINSTRUMENTCORPORATION MODEL 2312G TURBINE TEMPERATURE INDICATINGTEST SET PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL HEATER SPARK PLUG GAPADJUSTMENT TOOLP N 55998 FABRICATED TOO...

Страница 92: ...E3370 AUXILEC INC 535 BROADHOLLOW ROAD MELLVILLE N Y 11747 TOOLP N E3487 AUXILEC INC 535 BROADHOLLOW ROAD MELLVILLE N Y 11747 KEYP N E3392 AUXILEC INC 535 BROADHOLLOW ROAD MELLVILLE N Y 11747 ENDPIEC...

Страница 93: ...C750 32446 JAWS 32435 CLUTCHROTORINSTALLATIONSET 32418 ROTORPULLERSET 32416 FRONT PLATEPULLER NOTE FORTHESESPECIALTOOLSCONTACTSANKYO SANDEN INTERNATIONAL INC 10710 SANDEN DRIVE DALLAS TEXAS 75238 PHON...

Страница 94: ...Cadmium Aircraft Battery Maintenance Manual 212 Durham Ave Metuchen N J 08840 Saft Nickel Cadmium Aircraft Battery Operating and Maintenance Manual 711 Industrial Blvd Valdosta Georgia 31601 Marathon...

Страница 95: ...4 3 5 Hard or Overweight Landing D24 3 6 Severe Turbulence E 3 7 Component Overlimits Inspection El 3 8 Inspection of Wing Flap Transmission 1E1 3 9 Inspection of Wing Flap Transmission Actuator Cable...

Страница 96: ...er operator of aircraft 3 3 ENGINE OVERTEMPERATURE AND OVERTORQUE LIMITS INSPECTION If any overtemperature or overtorque conditionhas occurred referto Table II VIIIforappropriate Pratt and Whitney Eng...

Страница 97: ...ct the surrounding surfaces carefully for loose rivets cracks or buckling The interior of the wheel well may give further indications of excessive gust conditions NOTE The above inspections cover the...

Страница 98: ...nderside of left and right wing trailing edge to gain access to flap transmissions b Remove all ty raps and support clamps along the entire length of both flexible shaft assemblies and inspect the out...

Страница 99: ...SERVICE MANUAL 1020 230 to 260 including SeeInstructions Paragraph 3 9 for inspection and proper dimension Flap Transmission Flexible Shaft Assembly Figure 3 2 Wing Flap Actuator Cable Revised 10 15 8...

Страница 100: ...Spline Fitting Looseness Housing TRANSMISSION END Pointer Attached To Transmission Flexible Shaft Make From 032 Safety Wire Secure One End Of Motor With A Tongue Depressor Or Similar Method If Distan...

Страница 101: ...motor gently in the opposite direction to remove rotational play and place another reference mark on the motor housing If the distance between these two marks exceed 5 32 of an inch replace the shaft...

Страница 102: ...r Part Nos 86102 104 88102 106 86102 106 The flat of the washers should face the rollers Part Nos 40559 43 40559 42 VIEW A A 113 These mounting holes may be slotted 125 on either side of center 125 B...

Страница 103: ...lap tracks k Insure that the flap transmission screw fits into the horn assembly on the flap without any binding NOTE It may be necessary to move the horn assembly to obtain this no binding fit The mo...

Страница 104: ...llationof flap actuator motor If this cannot be accomplished removethe motor andtake it to a localelectricmotor overhaulfacilityfor theRPM check f Reassembleand insureproper splineshaft engagementper...

Страница 105: ...032 SHIM 2024 T3 ALUM P N 41179 00 012 SHIM 2024 T3 ALUM P N 55817 02 PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL 470 4 Figure3 5 Inspection of AileronSprocketandChain Reissued 2 6 81 INSPECTION 1E9...

Страница 106: ...lignment 2 To attain proper vertical alignment install new 012 shims between the top or bottom of the sprocket housing and the bulkhead as required to ensure a smooth flow of the chain links over the...

Страница 107: ...e hose at 1 5times the system operating pressure and make sure no leakage occurs If fluid leaks from the hose during the test or when the blister is punctured reject the hose assembly NOTE Puncturing...

Страница 108: ...tified by specification number size number quarter year and year hose manufacturer siden tification Uses Hose is approved for use in aircraft hydraulic pneumatic coolant fuel andoil systems Operating...

Страница 109: ...Tab IE21 4 15 Flap E21 4 16 Removal of Flap E21 4 17 Installation of Flap E22 4 18 Wing E22 4 19 Removal of Wing E22 4 20 Installation of Wing E24 4 21 Empennage Group IFI 4 22 Elevator IF 4 23 Remova...

Страница 110: ...dure 1F22 4 53 Emergency Exit Window IG2 4 53a Inspection and Servicing of Emergency Exit Window G2 4 54 Removal of Eyebrow Window PA 31T 7400002to 31T 7620057 1G2 4 55 Installation of Eyebrow Window...

Страница 111: ...rward Baggage Door 1G11 4 86 Removal of Forward Baggage Door Latch Assembly 1G13 4 87 Installation of Forward Baggage Door Latch Assembly 1G13 4 88 Adjustment of Forward Baggage Door Latch 1G14 4 89 C...

Страница 112: ...dined 1H21 4 123 Coating Procedure for Alodined Aluminum 1H21 4 124 Mixing Instructions for Primers and Topcoats 1H21 4 125 Mixing Instructions for Polytane Enamel 1H22 4 126 Cabin Door Snubber 1H23 4...

Страница 113: ...o bulkly to pass through the cabin entrance door All wiring plumbing and control cables passing through the pressurized portion of the fuselage are sealed to minimize air leakage WARNING No holes shou...

Страница 114: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1021 SKETCH A Figure4 1 Aileron and Flap Installation Revised 1 5 84 STRUCTURES 1E18...

Страница 115: ...PRIORTOTORQUINGIS 015 INCH SKETCHB USE AN960 416 MAX ONE WASHER OR AN960 SKETCHC 416L WASHER TO OBTAIN THIS ALLOWABLE CLEARANCEPRIORTO TORQUING TORQUEBOLTTO 38 INCH POUNDS THIS INCLUDES18 INCH POUNDS...

Страница 116: ...ight aileron disconnect trim tab control rod e Remove the hinge bolts and remove the aileron 4 11 INSTALLATION OF AILERON Refer to Figure 4 1 a Place aileron in position Install hinge bolts Refer to F...

Страница 117: ...r roller assemblies from flap brackets e Remove the lower roller assemblies and remove flap 4 17 INSTALLATION OF FLAP Refer to Figure 4 1 a Put the flap in position and install the lower roller assemb...

Страница 118: ...the fore and aft floor panels adjacent to the main spar and if removing the left wing remove the left forward floor panel between the fuselage side trim panel and control pedestal NOTE To help facilit...

Страница 119: ...iclinesat stations 100and 140 6 Disconnectthe bleed airand freon lines j At station 174 disconnectthe flap actuating cablefrom the actuating motor and bulkhead and draw the cableout throughthe fuselag...

Страница 120: ...dinto place d Slide the wing into the fuselage it may be necessaryto insert a metal strip between the fillet fairingand wing butt so as to funnelthe wing betweenthe upper and lowerfairings e Install t...

Страница 121: ...the pulley near the bellcrank and at the wing butt Check rigging and adjustment cable tension and safety turnbuckles Refer to Riggingand Adjustment of Aileron Section V u If the left wing is being ins...

Страница 122: ...CE MANUAL 1179 BOLTAN3 7A NUTMS20365 1032C 16 REQ BOLT AN 15A WASHER AN960 716 2 REQ NUT MS20365 720C 18 REQ TORQUE BOLTS TO 450 500 IN LBS OR 37 41 FT LBS SKETCH A Figure 4 4 Wing Installation Reissu...

Страница 123: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1024 SKETCHB Figure 4 4 Wing Installation cont Reissued 2 6 81 STRUCTURES 1F3...

Страница 124: ...PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL BOLTAN4 6A AN960 516 Figure 4 4 Wing Installation cont Reissued 2 6 81 STRUCTURES 1F4...

Страница 125: ...D WL CHANNEL Revised 7 2 84 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL BULKHEAD REINFORCINGPLATE SPACER SPAR EXISTING SHIM IF PREVIOUSLYINSTALLED MAX EXTRUSION GAP 060 VIEWA A Figure 4 5 Empennage Installation STR...

Страница 126: ...LH2935 02 RING2935 0 N TORQUE BOLTS TO 20 25 IN LBS T OLTAN5 12A WASHER AN960 516 UT52LH2935 054 RING 2935 0 TORQUE BOLTS TO 00 140IN LBS OR OLTANS 12A WASHER AN960 516 UTH19300 5 WASHER K19301 5 TORQ...

Страница 127: ...365 428C BOLTAN174 22A WASHERAN960 416 2 REQ NUTMS20365 428C 2 REQ TORQUE NUTSTO 35 t 5 IN LBS SKETCH B BOLTAN3 4A 2 REQ TORQUE BOLTS TO 20 25 IN LBS BOLTAN174 12 WASHER AN960 416 NUTAN310 4 COTTER PI...

Страница 128: ...0 516 NUT 52LH2935 054 RING 2935 05 2 REQ OR BOLTAN5 11A WASHER AN960 516 NUT H 9300 5 WASHER K19305 5 BOLTAN3 1OA WASHER AN960 10 NUT MS20365 1032C 4 REQ TORQUE BOLTS TO 35 40 IN LBS BOLT AN3 16 WASH...

Страница 129: ...416 BUSHING 41413 51 BOLTAN3 6A WASHER 81342 9 SKETCHL TORQUEBOLT TO 38 INCH POUNDS THIS INCLUDES18 INCH POUNDS AVERAGE FRICTION DRAG TORQUE SKETCHM SKETCHN Figure 4 5 Empennage Installation cont Revi...

Страница 130: ...r Service Bulletin No 897B b Each 100 hours inspect the false spar channels elevator butt ribs and the elevator spar at the butt rib attachment with a 10X magnifier for cracks in the bolt and rivet ho...

Страница 131: ...g bolts that attach the elevator torque tube hinge bracket and rear spar i Pull the stabilizer directly away from the fuselage j Remove and retain all shims if any which were installed between the hor...

Страница 132: ...nposition installboltsand bushingsand torqueto 38inchpounds thisincludes 18inch pounds averagefrictiondrag torque b Connect trim tab control rod 4 37 VERTICALSTABILIZER FIN 4 38 REMOVALOF VERTICAL STA...

Страница 133: ...ndshield molding and disconnect electrical leads on heated windshield e Remove the existing sealant from around the locknuts on the windshield f Remove the machine screws from around the collar moldin...

Страница 134: ...he following checks a Connect a 24 volt test light to the positive and negative terminals of the windshield b Set the switch marked WINDSHIELD HEAT to the ON position The test light should light indic...

Страница 135: ...in the converter or flexible drive assembly 16 engages the converter shaft and then back off for alignment of mounting brackets 13 and 14 e Install the assembled units into the airplane and secure wi...

Страница 136: ...PIPERCHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL 45339 25 12 STRUCTURES Interim Revision 10 15 97...

Страница 137: ...PILOT S WINDSHIELD WIRE TERMINAL 51169 VIEW C C HEATED CO PILOT S WINI WIRE TERMINAL SEENOTE VIEW C C HEATED PILOT S WINDSHIELD WIRE TERMINAL VIEW B B HEATED PILOT S WINDSHIELD WIRE TERMINAL Figure 4...

Страница 138: ...PIPERCHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL 12 WINDSHIELD COLLAR 13 WINDSHIELD CHANNEL 14 WINDSHIELD SECTION 15 VINYL FOAMTAPE STRUCTURES Interim Revision 10 15 97...

Страница 139: ...966 8 1REQ LEFT 1REQ RIGHT 948966 7 16 REQ ILEFT 16 REQ RIGHT 10 48966 10 17 REQ LEFT 17 REQ RIGHT 11 48966 8 1REQ LEFT 1 REQ RIGHT 12 48966 8 1REQ LEFT 1 REQ RIGHT 13 48966 8 1 REQ LEFT 1 REQ RIGHT 1...

Страница 140: ...EW C C HEATED CO PILOT S WINDSHIELD WIRE TERMINAL VIEW B B HEATED CO PILOT S WINDSHIELD WIRE TERMINAL WINDSHIELD HEATED PILOT S WINDSHIELD WIRE TERMINAL VIEW C C HEATED PILOT S WINDSHIELD WIRE TERMINA...

Страница 141: ...NUT 5 LOCKWIRE 6 ADJUSTMENT SLEEVE 7 CONVERTER 8 MOTOR 9 MOTORSHAFT 10 NIPPLE 11 COUPLING 12 CONVERTER SHAFT 13 BRACKET 14 BRACKET 15 LOCKWIRE PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 46285 Figure 4 8 Windshiel...

Страница 142: ...djust the wiper blade angle loosen the nut 1 on the wiper blade attachment stud and rotate the blade until it is parallel with the windshield center post then tighten the nut on the stud d Adjust the...

Страница 143: ...CAM LOCK 3 WIPER ARM 4 TENSIONADJUSTMENT NUT 5 LOCK WIRE 6 ADJUSTMENT SLEEVE 7 CONVERTER 8 MOTOR 9 FLEXIBLEDRIVE 10 BRACKET PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 4 Figure 4 8a Windshield Wiper PA 3 IT2 Added...

Страница 144: ...TE 7 STRIKE CATCH 8 CUPASSY 9 WINDOW INNER 10 MOULDING 11 PLATE 12 CONTAIN TRACK UPPER 13 PLACARD EMERGENCY EXITLATCH PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL NOTE TEFLONTAPE USEDONLYON MODELS PA 31T S N 31T 812...

Страница 145: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL PA 31T ONLY SERIAL NOS 31T 7400002 THRU 31T 7620057INCLUSIVE Figure 4 9 Emergency Exit and Eyebrow Window cont THIS SPACEINTENTIONALLYBLANK STRUCTURES...

Страница 146: ...in place g Carefully tap the outside of the window to loosen the sealant Do not push violently on the outside of the window as this may result in damage to the fuselage skin if there is a strong seal...

Страница 147: ...SEALANT 3 SPLICE IN SEAL MUST BE AT TRAILING EDGE OF WINDOW CUT SEAL 75 IN LENGTHAT SPLICE ANDCEMENTENDSTOGETHERWITH 3M EC 847 CEMENT 4 CEMENT SEAL TO RETAINERWITH 3M EC 847 CEMENT A SEENOTE 2 B NOTE3...

Страница 148: ...NSTALLATION OF NOSE CONE a Position the nose cone hinge with the other half of the hinge on the airplane b Insert the hinge pin and secure in position with screw c Connect any electronic cables remove...

Страница 149: ...rtrim panelsfrom the door ifnot previouslyremoved 2 Removethe insidehandleandcoverplate 3 Remove the bolts spacers and locknuts connectingthe vertical push rods extendingto the upper and lowerlatching...

Страница 150: ...oper extension of approximately 1 75 inches f If any of the lugs are found out of adjustment loosen the locknuts on the push rod and adjust the push rod to get the proper extension g Ascertain that al...

Страница 151: ...USH ROD 14 BELLCRANK CENTER 15 COTTER PIN 16 WASHER 17 O RING 18 PLUNGER 19 SPRING 20 LOCK BUSHING 21 ROD 22 COVER PLATE 23 KNOB AUXILIARY LOCK 24 INSIDE LATCH HANDLE 25 VERTICAL PUSH ROD 26 BELLCRANK...

Страница 152: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL SECTIONA A Reissued 2 6 81 STRUCTURES 1G8...

Страница 153: ...lenoid valve A metal flange is installed around the seal to keep it in place When the door is closed and the cabin is pressurized the door seal is pressurized and expands against the door frame to com...

Страница 154: ...ALLATION OF STEPS Refer to Figure 4 10 a Position the steps to the door and install the hinge pins b Position the step support tubes along the sides of the steps being certain to place the tube with t...

Страница 155: ...with locking pins attached c Install the bellcrank assemblies using new teflon washers where required d Secure with the push rod assemblies to the bellcrank assemblies using the appropriate hardware...

Страница 156: ...FT LATCHINGMECHANISM 7 PUSH ROD MAIN CONTROL FROM HANDLEBELLCRANKTO AFT BELLCRANK 8 BEARING SUPPORT OUTER 9 PUSH RODS LOWER LATCH PINS 10 LOWER LATCH PINS 11 HANDLEMECHANISM 12 HANDLEBELLCRANK 13 NYLO...

Страница 157: ...r installingthe keylock assemblyis as follows 1 Insert the key lock assemblyfrom the back side of door with the latchingarm towards the handle cut out on door 2 Replacethe washerandretainingnut to bac...

Страница 158: ...in the text and Table IV I thru Table IV IV for each surface by aircraft model Any control surface being balanced must be removed from the aircraft and placed in a test fixture jig as shown in Figures...

Страница 159: ...est Weight In Pounds 60to 1 50 2 90to 3 70 5 50to 6 10 Master Test Weight Arm In Inches Static BalanceLimits In Inch Pounds 6 67 7 3 8 03 30 0 7 9 81 60 0 10 WeightOf Lead Balance Weight Lbs Trim Weig...

Страница 160: ...aster Test Weight In Pounds 60to 1 50 2 90to 3 70 5 50 to 6 10 Master Test Weight Arm In Inches Static BalanceLimits In Inch Pounds 6 67 7 3 8 03 30 0 7 9 81 60 0 10 WeightOf Lead Balance Weight Lbs T...

Страница 161: ...levator Rudder Master Test Weight In Pounds 0 0 to 1 0 2 90to 3 70 5 50to 6 10 Master Test Weight Arm In Inches Static BalanceLimits In Inch Pounds 6 00 3 3 8 03 30 0 7 9 81 60 0 10 Left Weight Of Lea...

Страница 162: ...unds Master Test Weight Arm In Inches Static BalanceLimits In Inch Pounds 2 to 5 6 0 1 2 0 2 2 90 to 3 70 8 03 30 0 7 4 0 to 4 9 9 81 48 5 0 10 Weight Of Lead Balance Weight Lbs Right Left 2 43 1 43 I...

Страница 163: ...ITHOUT TIPTANKS MASTERTESTWEIGHTARM JIG KNIFEEDGE MASTERTESTWEIGHTLOCATION PA 31TANDPA 31T1 WITHTIPTANKS Figure 4 12 Checking Aileron Balance KNIFE EDGESATCENTER AND TWOOUTBOARD HINGE LOCATIONS MASTER...

Страница 164: ...SURE PROPER FIT AND CLEARANCE MATERIAL SPEC 4130 STEEL SHEET IZSX 1 12 325 PLACE ONE PLATE ON EACH OF MAIN WEIGHT PLATE 2REQ Figure4 14 Elevator BalanceWeightModification JIG KNIFEEDGE RUDDER BAL Figu...

Страница 165: ...ble The reason for the excessive unbalance must be determined the unbalance must be corrected and the aileronre checked i With the balance check complete install the assembly on the aircraft Refer to...

Страница 166: ...eightuntil a balanced condition isobtained Thiswould also resultin the lower static limit g If the rudder istrailingedgeheavywiththe master testweightinstalled itmustbedeterminedthat the rudder does n...

Страница 167: ...position until the trailing edge is approximately2 inchesabove neutral d Record the restrainingforce loweringthe elevator fromthe 2 inchesup position thru the neutral position to the original2 inchesd...

Страница 168: ...of the flap 3 If excessive play is found inspect the aileron trim screw and hinge assemblies to determine the location of excessive play Repair or replace the worn parts as required 4 97b CHECKING RU...

Страница 169: ...I I SPRINGSCALE PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL TRAILING EDGE I I I I I OUTBOARD 38 BOLT TAB TAB DOWN Figure 4 16 Elevator Friction Measurement Reissued 2 6 81 STRUCTURES 1H1...

Страница 170: ...ion is within limits Refer to Paragraph 4 96 It may be necessaryto cut accessholes to make skin repairs in some areasof the aircraft Referto Figure 4 18 for typical accessholes In pressurizedareasall...

Страница 171: ...024 T3 20244 0 2024 T3 202440 THICKNESS NUMBER MATERIAL 01 NOTE LEFT WING SHOWN RIGHT OPPOSITE AND NOTED MATERIAL OUTLINED IN DOTS USED ON RIGHT WING ONLY CIRCLED MATERIAL NUMBERS INDICATE LEFT WING O...

Страница 172: ...A PIPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL 1188 Figure 4 17 Skin Thickness cont Reissued 2 6 81 STRUCTURES 1H4...

Страница 173: ...1366 Revised 2 15 82 PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL 314 A B A Figure 4 17 Skin Thickness cont STRUCTURES 1H5...

Страница 174: ...PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 17315ACCESS HOLE REINFORCEMENT PLATE I COVERPLATE AN 2 426 AD3 4 22 REO AN 507 8 32R10 Figure 4 18 Typical Access Holes and Panels Reissued 2 6 81 STRUCTURES 1H6...

Страница 175: ...aning nozzles tools etc k Fillet fairing tools Refer to Figure 4 28 4 101 LIST OF MATERIALS Only the following materials should be used a Sealants MIL S 7502 Classes A 1 2 A 2 B 2 B 4 B 6 and B 8 See...

Страница 176: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL C SEAL BEFOREINSTALLING INNERSKIN D ALL SKIN LAPS IN THE PRES AREA SHALL HAVEFAYING SEALS Figure 4 19 Fuselage Sealing Forward Reissued 2 6 81 STRUCTURES 1H8...

Страница 177: ...TYPE SEALANT NOTES A USE RTV88 WITH RTV5811 CATALYST SEAL WINDOWDOUBLER SKINS WITH FAYING SEAL ALL AROUND WINDOWOPENING C SEAL BEFOREINSTALLING I INNER SKIN D ALL SKIN LAPS IN THE PRES AREASHALL HAVE...

Страница 178: ...carded To avoid contamination of the cleaning solvent it should be poured on the cloth Repeat the cleaning procedures above until it is certain no contaminates are left on the surfaces to be sealed NO...

Страница 179: ...22 Joggles should be sealed by completely filling them with class B 2sealant The sealant should be applied by the use of a pressure applicator forcing the sealant under the joggle from either side unt...

Страница 180: ...SOME BULKHEAD REINFORCEMENT PLATE ON SOME SECTION A A SEAL LINE PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 316 50 MIN ER ASSEMBLY BEFORE ASSEMBLY SAMPLE ONLY AFTER ASSEMBLY Figure 4 21 Faying Surface Seal Figure 4...

Страница 181: ...2 CLASS SEALANT ON INSIDE SURFACES SEAL PLANE BULKHEAD OR FLOORBOARD WASHER 2 REQ NUT GE HOLE Figure 4 23 Holes and Voids Seals APPLY SEALANT WITH FLOW GUN DETAIL B FORMING OF FILLET SEAL Figure 4 24...

Страница 182: ...ed 4 111 SEALING AN STANDARD BULKHEAD FITTINGS Seal AN fittings passing through the pressureplain of the bulkhead by cleaningaround the seal area and applyingsealantto the insidesurface around the hol...

Страница 183: ...S SEALANT AFTER INSTALLATION OF FITTING HALVES DETAIL C PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 319 DETAIL A DETAIL B MASKING TAPE 1 1 2 WIDTH STRING DETAIL D Figure 4 26 Wire Harness Seals Reissued 2 6 81 STRU...

Страница 184: ...allelwith the wires Refer to detail D of Figure 4 26 i Wrapthe fitting halveswith three turns of 1 50 inch widemaskingtape Referto detail D of Figure 4 26 j Crimp the widemaskingtape around the sealas...

Страница 185: ...are not to damagethe gasket and progressively free the rest of the panel Removeallreleaseagentand excesssealant fromthe panel andmatingsurface NOTE Releaseagentsareremovablewith water NOTE Do not pres...

Страница 186: ...ARP EDGE BEVELED SURFACE SHARP EDGE LARGE SEALANT CUTTING TOOL SURFACE SEALANT REMOVAL TOOL SHARP EDGE SMALL SEALANT CUTTING TOOL SEALANT FAIRING TOOL SMALL SEALANT FAIRING TOOL WITH SPOON TYPE HEAD L...

Страница 187: ...paper overthe repair to cut off air andstart the cure of gel mixture f Allowthe gelto cure 10 to 15minutes until it feelsrubbery to the touch Removethe cellophane and trim flush withthe surface using...

Страница 188: ...r bubbleswillshowwhitein the patch and they should allbe worked out to the edge Removeexcessresinbeforeit gelson the part Allow patch to cure completely j Remove cardboard or aluminum sheet from outsi...

Страница 189: ...solvent wash with industrial grade MEK or Titanine Ti Two Cleaning Thinner b Apply either epoxy primer 8647 8648 or Polytane Urethane Primer 6351 c Topcoat with Polytane Enamel 4 124 MIXING INSTRUCTI...

Страница 190: ...d material is 8 hours at 75 F Also allow Polytane to dry 6 hours minimumbefore taping NOTE Theuniversalmixingratio ofallcolorsmakesitpossibleto intermix any combination of colorsbeforecatalyzingthe mi...

Страница 191: ...door is being closed the piston is forced into the cylinder and the orifice valve opens to allow a faster flowrate of hydraulicfluid 4 128 FILLINGSNUBBERASSEMBLY Withthe snubberpiston collapsedinto th...

Страница 192: ...corrosion control is regularcleaningandsurfacerefinishingto removethe mediumand minute electricalcorrosivecells this is the basisfor effectivecorrosioncontrol 4 133 FORMSOF CORROSION There are variou...

Страница 193: ...terials which contribute to corrosion the following are the most frequent offenders a Soiland atmosphericdust b Oil grease andengineexhaust residues c Salt water and salt moisture condensation d Spill...

Страница 194: ...epths may be as deep as 0 010 of an inch This type of corrosion damageis normally removed by extensive hand sandingor mechanical sanding 3 SevereCorrosion Thegeneralappearancemay besimilarto moderatec...

Страница 195: ...it 2 On thetop center of the boot surface use a marking pen to trace over the orientation mark 3 Add a vertical orientation mark overlapping the bottom of the boot onto the side of the radome d Turn b...

Страница 196: ...me for application compared with 40 seconds for Toluol CAUTION All cements and solvents used are flammable and their fumes slightly toxic Therefore all work should bedone ina wellventilated area away...

Страница 197: ...y applying the 1 2 masking tape approximately beyond the shoe trailing edge and need not be final trimmed e Clean the marked off area thoroughly with MEK or equivalent For final cleaning wipethe solve...

Страница 198: ...rea must be re cemented I Now activate another section adjacent to the bonded area Be certain to activate cement immediately adjacent to the bond line thus assuring complete adhesion throughout instal...

Страница 199: ...NG TAPE ACTIVATE AT CENTER HYPODERMIC PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL C742 SKETCHA AHEAD OF SKETCHB SKETCHC V KNIFE SKETCHE SKETCHD SKETCHF Figure 4 30 Erosion Shoe Installation Added 4 25 83 STRUCTURES...

Страница 200: ...Control Cables IJ3 5 22 Installation of Elevator Control Cables 1J4 5 23 Rigging and Adjustment of Elevator Controls 1J8 5 24 Removal of Elevator Bellcrank Assembly 1J9 5 25 Installation of Elevator...

Страница 201: ...Riggingand Adjustment of Flap Position Sender IK9 5 68 Adjustment of Flap Selector Switches K9 5 69 Inspection of Time Delay Switch Operation 1K9 5 70 Wing Flap Controls Calco System 1K11 5 71 Descrip...

Страница 202: ...the floorboardsand in turn activatethe particular trim systemdesired A mechanicalindicatingsystemisused to showthe positionof eachtrim tab The wing flap system consists of a three position flap select...

Страница 203: ...he forward end of the square tube 31 with the flexible joint 36 of the sprocket assembly Remove the square tube assembly from behind the instrument panel 3 The square tube assembly may be disassembled...

Страница 204: ...udder Trim Tab SAS Actuator PA 31T 35 lb 2 Ibs 14lbs 2 lb 20lbe 2 lbs 14lbs t 2 lbs 25 lbs 2 lbs 14lbs 2 lbs SeeNote2 andNote4 PA 31T PA 31T1 35 IbS 2 Ibs 14lb 2 lb 21 lbs 2 lbs 14lbs 2 lbs 26 lbst 2...

Страница 205: ...models with serial numbers 31T 7400002 through 31T 8020007 and 31T 7804001 through 31T 8004008 refer to the latest revision of Piper Service Bulletin Number 674 for additional infor mation on trim ta...

Страница 206: ...uselageside panel and the links 30 disconnected from between the control tube housing 22 and the torque tube arms 11 13 16and 18 loosenone ofthe elevatorcontrol cableturnbucklesenoughto relievecablete...

Страница 207: ...LE 42 CHAIN LEFT 43 CONTROLWHEEL 44 CONTROL TUBE LEFT 4 SCREW ADJUSTMENT 46 BLOCK 47 HOUSING GUIDE ASSY 48 SCREW 49 COVER 50 SPROCKET 51 LINK ASSY 52 CONTROLCABLE AILERON 53 CONTROLCABLE AILERON 54 CH...

Страница 208: ...7 38 50 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 175 147 SKETCHB SKETCH A 349 350 9 8072 81 73 74 75 SKETCHC Figure 5 1 Control Column Installation cont SKETCHD Reissued 2 6 81 SURFACE CONTROLS 1I16...

Страница 209: ...sembly may be assembled and installed by the following procedure 1 Position the sprocket 50 in the housing spacer bushing 76 right only and slide the stud in place Insert bolt 74 through the sprocket...

Страница 210: ...ERVICEMANUAL DAMAGE HERE IMPROPER TOOL RESULTINGIN LOCKEDBALL A SPECIAL WRENCH MAY BE REQUIRED WITH A LONG THROAT ONLYCORRECTMETHOD Figure 5 2 Correct Method of Installing Rod End Bearings Reissued 2...

Страница 211: ...panel 2 Place the ring 26 over the end of the control tube and slide the end of the tube over the end of the roller fitting Install cap bolt 25 torque and safety 3 Check that when the left sprocket 50...

Страница 212: ...4 Drawthecablethroughthewingintothefuselage f The left balancecable 22 mayberemovedby the followingprocedure 1 Loosentheturnbuckle separatingthe turnbuckleendsat the aftendof the aileronbellcrank 24 2...

Страница 213: ...uldnot beremoved 3 Insertthe toolbetweenthe bellcrankmountingbracketsandovertheendof the boltfromwhich thenut wasremoved Itmaybenecessaryto loosenoneof theprimarycontrolcablesor the balancecable 4 Pos...

Страница 214: ...ss plates and panels 5 12 REMOVAL OF AILERON BELLCRANK ASSEMBLY Refer to Figure 5 4 a Remove the access plate to the bellcrank assembly b Relieve cable tension from the control system by rotating one...

Страница 215: ...LE 12 TRIM SCRW ASSY 13 RUB BLOCK 14 PULLEY 15 CABLE BALANCE R 16 CABLE CONTROL R 17 TURNBUCKLE 18 CABL ENDS 19 RUB BLOCK 20 INTERCONNECTING CABLE R 21 INTERCONNECTING CABLE L NOTE BE SURE THE CABLE I...

Страница 216: ...A 179 179 109 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 175 SKETCH B SKETCHB SKETCH C SKETCHD SKETCHE 35 37 SKETCHF SKETCHG Figure5 4 AileronandAileronTrimControls cont Interim Revision 3 13 90 SURFACE CONTROLS...

Страница 217: ...bly h Mark one set of cable ends within the wing at station 90 to facilitate installation and disconnect the cables at the turnbuckles 10 i Remove the pulleys within the fuselage at station 102and the...

Страница 218: ...ly and from the cables leading from the fuselage e Connect the control rod 5 to the trim screw 37 f Install the cable guard pin at station 150 g Close the rub blocks at station 121 50 and secure h If...

Страница 219: ...and PA 31T2 Subtract 24 inches for all station points forward of fuselage station 135for the PA 3 IT2 to find the proper location of various components in this aircraft CAUTION Exercise care that the...

Страница 220: ...76 7 To remove the cable 11 that leads to the lower end of the bellcrank left cable remove the cable guard pins at stations 121 38 160 20 203 242 and 276 8 Remove the fairleads at fuselage station 137...

Страница 221: ...EMBLY 23 BOLTASSEMBLY 24 BOLT PIVOT 25 PULLEY 26 ROD END 27 BOLTASSEMBLY 28 JAM NUT 29 TRIM SCREWASSY 30 ELEVATORTORQUETUBE 31 PULLEYCLUSTER 32 TRIM CABLE 33 GUIDE BRACKET 34 TRIM SCREWCLEVIS 35 BUSHI...

Страница 222: ...OR RIGGING OP ERATIONS VISUALLY REINSPECT THE ELEVATOR CON TROLTUBE EACH TIME IT IS REMOVEDOR REINSTALLED IN THE AIRCRAFT REFER TO THE LATEST REVISION OF PIPER SERVICE BULLETINNO 715 NOTE REPLACE ITE...

Страница 223: ...CH TRIM SERVO INSTALLATION RIGHT HAND TERMINAL TURNBUCKLE TO UPPERCABLE END 1 17 75 NEUTRAL STA 274 00 STA 261 38 NOTE THEREMUST BE TWO SAFETYCLIPS NAS 651 16S PIPERPART NO 454 867 INSTALLEDPEREACHTUR...

Страница 224: ...tal stabilizer next to and outboard of the row of rivets at station 38 with the aft end of the tool even with the trailing edge of the elevator This tool may be fabricated from dimensions given in Fig...

Страница 225: ...lsandcabletensionsprior todeterminingthe frictioninthe system Referto Paragraph5 32 h On the PA 31T1only adjust the turnbuckle 51 to obtain 43 I pounds tension and on the PA 31T2 only 48 I pounds tens...

Страница 226: ...ravel Stops AILERONBELLCRANK ASSY NOTES1 AND2 1 AND2 NOTES 1 AFTERSTARTING WIRETHRUHEADOF SCREW MAKEONE COMPLETE WRAPAROUND SHANKOFSCREWNEXT TOJAM NUT FINISH SAFETYWIRING THRU HOLES PROVIDED IN FORGIN...

Страница 227: ...it is removed or reinstalled in the aircraft Refer to the latest revision of Piper Service Bulletin No 715 a Position thebellcrank 14 in its mounting bracket lubricate and install pivot bolt 24 and t...

Страница 228: ...ks at stations 137 162 60 174 and 215 and open them far enough to allow the cable ends to pass through g Slide the bushing up the shaft to separate the two halves of the trim screw assembly h Remove t...

Страница 229: ...l for parts numbers and specifications 2 Position the cable in the drum and install the cable pin in the drum slot Ascertain the proper length of cable end number I prior to wrapping per Table V II 3...

Страница 230: ...aft of the pressure bulkhead at station 274 and also the access panels on the bottom of the elevators Carefully remove the access panel located in the floor of the control pedestal 2 Check to be certa...

Страница 231: ...friction is obtained by subtracting the two forces NOTE Do not exceed 60 pounds force for any measurement g The elevator shall be rotated with a steady movement and the force reading taken when the el...

Страница 232: ...TROL CABLE L FWD 26 4 TURNBUCKLE 27 5 FAIRLEAD 28 PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL NOTE BE SURE THE CABLE IS ROUTED BETWEEN THE CABLE GUARD AND THE PULLEY 43 SKETCH A SKETCH B Figure 5 12 Rudder and Rudde...

Страница 233: ...SKETCH C SKETCH C 1046 C SKETCHE PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL 327 193 SKETCHF Figure 5 12 Rudder and Rudder Trim Controls Reissued 2 6 81 SURFACE CONTROLS 1J17...

Страница 234: ...e 5 12 a Remove the left pilot s seat the floor panel to the left of the control pedestal the left rear exterior access panel just aft of the entrance door and the tail cone b Adjustment of the rudder...

Страница 235: ...er location of various components in this aircraft a Remove the right pilot s seat and right row of passenger seats b Carefully remove the right row of floor panels and the access panel to the right a...

Страница 236: ...m the rudder are not installed pull the cables 20 tight and block them in the fuselage at bulkhead 274 e With the cables installed and connected install the cable guard pins at stations 125and 243 25...

Страница 237: ...Trim cables are evenly wrapped centered on their drums and both cable turnbuckles are located approximately at fuselage station 287 50 2 The cable tension is set in accordance with Table V I b Remove...

Страница 238: ...sening one of the cable turnbuckles 4 c Disconnect the rudder control cables 25 from the pedal assembly d Disconnect the brake master cylinder 26 from the pedal assembly e Disconnect the balance cable...

Страница 239: ...collars 5 and 18 and tube 6 do not install nut and determine number of spacerwashersrequired to allowminimumslideplay The tube may be slid to either side when the collar bolts are removed to allow the...

Страница 240: ...EMBLY 18 RETAINER 19 BOLT ASSEMBLY 20 BOLT CAP 21 BLOCK BEARING 22 BRACKET MOUNTING 23 PLATE 24 ROD 25 CONTROL CABLE 26 BRAKE CYLINDER 27 REDAL RIGHT OUTER 28 PEDAL RIGHT INNER 29 NUT JAM 30 BOLT ASSE...

Страница 241: ...the lubricationchart in SectionII b Maintainthe trim tabsat the control surfacesin a neutralposition c Ascertainthat the trim drumsare at their neutralpositions d If the trim indicators are not aligne...

Страница 242: ...M CONTROL 14 GEAR BOX 1 CONTROLPEDESTAL 2 RUDDERTRIM CONTROL 3 TRIM POSITIONINDICATOR 4 AILERON TRIM CONTROL 5 RUDDERTRIM SCREW 6 AILERON TRIM SCREW 7 MOUNTING BRACKET 8 ELEVATORTRIM SCREW 9 PIN AND C...

Страница 243: ...rtrim systemin accordancewith the instructions givenin this section of the servicemanualfor the systembeingserviced g Replace the access panels and any other items removed to accomplish the servicingo...

Страница 244: ...n centerpositionto keepthem tight andfromunwrapping by the method shown in Figure 5 11 n Center the drum betweenthe stops on the screwby rotating the screw 5 56 WING FLAP CONTROLS Piper System 5 57 RE...

Страница 245: ...bulkhead and the support grommets within the wing and fuselage g Remove the actuator shaft 5 59a INSPECTION OFFLEXIBLE ACTUATOR SHAFT Seeparagraph3 9 SectionIII 5 60 INSTALLATIONOF FLEXIBLE FLAP ACTU...

Страница 246: ...E TRANSMISSION 510 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL See Instructions given in Section V for proper dimension Motor SKETCH C 20 SWITCH DOWN LIMIT 21 SHAFT SENDER 22 ARM SENDER 23 SENDER FLAP POSITION 24 S...

Страница 247: ...cationMIL G 23827 should beappliedto thescrew ballnut and transmission i When the transmissionassemblyis disassembledforany reason or at 500 hours it should be repacked75 percent full withDukes P N 21...

Страница 248: ...hammer Connect the tube to the horn and tap the horn to achievea satisfactory alignment Lower the flapto the near extended position disconnectthe tube from the horn and torque the horn attachment bolt...

Страница 249: ...rc c Tighten the arm 22 on the sender shaft Check the three flap positions retracted takeoff and extended with respect to the angular settings and indicated positions on the wing flap indicator d Posi...

Страница 250: ...select flaps down The system should be inoperative Determinethat the flap travel was not more than 4 5 1 c Repeat Step b except depressthe downlimitswitchand selectflapsup Thesystemshould again shutdo...

Страница 251: ...tflapstothedesiredposition If at any timethe amplifierseesa differentialvoltageinexcessof0 55VDCbetweenRLand RR the amplifier will shut the systemoff Thiscondition correspondsto a maximum differential...

Страница 252: ...AMPUFIER ADJUSTMENTAND TESTPOINTS PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL A487 RT2 RT3 Figure 5 22 Flap System Diagram Calco Reissued 2 6 81 SURFACE CONTROLS 1K12...

Страница 253: ...bledparts except brushes bearingsand armature with a suitabledry cleaning solvent b Examineall parts for cracks burrsand corrosion c Visuallyinspect the armature for the following 1 Commutatorfor pitt...

Страница 254: ...CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL TORQUETO 30 35 IN LBS TORQUETO 30 35 IN LBS 3 2 1 19 SEE SKETCH AORB ON EARLIERMOTOR ONLY 9 SCREW 10 STUD CONTACT 11 NUT HEX 12 WASHER LOCK 13 SHOULDERWASHER 14 ENDBELL 15 BEAR...

Страница 255: ...ninsertingarmature assemblyinto sleeveand magnetassembly g Positionfront end bellon sleeveso that mounting holesare in linewith pinin sleeveandlockwire hole is to the rightof the pin h Insert springwa...

Страница 256: ...es are properly engaged and run the shaft attaching nut on finger tight Safety the nut with MS20995 C41 safety wire c Check the flap rigging and adjustments per instructions given in this section d In...

Страница 257: ...TING BRACKET MOTOR 14 ROD LINKAGE IS BUSHING AND SCREW ASSY 16 FLAP HORN 17 BOLT ASSEMBLY 18 TUBE TRANSMISSION 19 SWITCH DOWN LIMIT 20 SHAFT SENDER 21 ARM SENDER 22 SENDER FLAP POSITION 23 SWITCH UP L...

Страница 258: ...ansmission to rotate tighten the attachment bolts 26 only finger tight and safety c Install the spreader bushing with one washer between each mounting bracket and bushing Install the through bolt and...

Страница 259: ...e referred to throughout this rigging procedure as RC rheostat control The wing flap rheostats will bedesignated as RL rheostat left and RR rheostat right The voltages present or read at the center ta...

Страница 260: ...tive flap horns and temporarily install the attachment bolts The difference in the number of turns between the right and left transmissions should not exceed 1 2 turn 8 Check for proper alignment of s...

Страница 261: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL A406 ACTUATOR ARM SKETCH A LIMIT LIMIT r SKETCHB Figure 5 25 Flap Rigging Adjustment Calco Revised 1 5 84 121 1K21 SURFACE CONTROLS...

Страница 262: ...t is necessary It isconsideredacceptableifthe indi cator pointer centerlineis evenwith the upperor loweredgeof the indicator graduationmark If position and or indicator criteria are not satisfied proc...

Страница 263: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 5 26 Amplifier Electrical Schematic P N 8482 Calco 1K23 Revised 1 5 84 SURFACE CONTROLS...

Страница 264: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 5 26 Amplifier Electrical Schematic P N 8482 Calco cont Revised 1 5 84 1K24 1K24 SURFACE CONTROLS...

Страница 265: ...fault light If fault light is ON proceed to step m If fault light is OFF proceed to step f t f Check for 27 5 volts at motor contactor and Pin I of connector J I Conn E368 airframe harness to verify c...

Страница 266: ...ss wiring is good replace the control box p Connect the voltmeter between test jacks RR and RL on the amplifier If this voltage exceeds 0 5 volts the shut down is due to flap asymmetry Correct cause o...

Страница 267: ...6 50 125 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL MATERIAL 25TO 50 ALUMINUM ORSTEEL 3 39 I Figure 5 28 Fabricated Bellcrank Rigging Tool Revised 1 5 84 SURFACE CONTROLS 1L3...

Страница 268: ...22 125 POINTER 25 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1201 3 38 R 1800 MATERIALALUMINUM PLATE I Figure 5 29 Fabricated Rudder Rigging Tool Revised 1 5 84 SURFACE CONTROLS 1L4...

Страница 269: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 5 30 Fabricated Rudder Trim Tab Rigging Tool Revised 1 5 84 1L5 SURFACE CONTROLS...

Страница 270: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 1L6...

Страница 271: ...mnot lubricated properly Lubricatesystem Cabletensiontoo high Control column horizontalchain improperlyadjusted Pulleysbindingor rubbing Cablesnot in placeon pulleys Bent aileronand or hinge Cablescro...

Страница 272: ...lcrankstops not adjustedproperly Adjust in accordance withParagraph5 11 Incorrect riggingof aileroncables control wheeland control rod Incorrectrigging betweencontrol wheel and control cables Rigin ac...

Страница 273: ...inding Cablescrossedor routed incorrectly Shaftbindingat floorboardbushing Referto Paragraphs 5 16 5 18and 5 19 Lubricatehinge If necessary replace Checkroutingof control cables Clean align lubri cate...

Страница 274: ...y Lubricate system Cable tension too high Binding control column Pulleys binding or rubbing Cables not in place on pulleys Bent elevator or hinge Cables crossed or routed incorrectly Adjust cable tens...

Страница 275: ...or worn Install cables according to Paragraphs 5 28 5 30 and 5 31 Replace pulley Check linkage and tighten or repalce Trim control wheel moves with excessive resistance System not lubricated properly...

Страница 276: ...adjusted properly Adjust in accordance Paragraph 5 49 RUDDER CONTROL SYSTEM Lost motion between rudder pedals and rudder Cable tension too low Adjust cabletension per Paragraph 5 36 Linkage loose or...

Страница 277: ...s streamlined Incorrect rudder travel Rudder cables incorrectly rigged Rudder bellcrank stop incorrectly adjusted Rig in accordance with Paragraph 5 36 Rig in accordance with Paragraph 5 36 Nose wheel...

Страница 278: ...bindingpulleys Provideclearancebetween pulleysandbrackets Install cablesaccording to Paragraphs 5 39 5 41and 5 42 Lubricatehinge Replace if necessary Checkroutingof control cables Trim tab failsto rea...

Страница 279: ...Ground open from flap selector switch Defective flap motor Defective circuit wiring Battery switch off Flap solenoid circuit breaker open Defective flap selector switch Defective up or down limit swit...

Страница 280: ...tor Adjust flap in accordance with Paragraph 5 66 Adjust in accordance with Paragraph 5 66 Rig in accordance with Paragraph 5 66 Isolate cause and lubricate cable if required Binding between track and...

Страница 281: ...itch off Circuit breaker open Sender unit ground open Remedy Turn switch on Reset circuit breaker Check ground connection Defective indicator unit Defective sender unit Sender unit not adjusted proper...

Страница 282: ...THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK THIS PAGEINTENTIONALLYBLANK PIPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL 1L18 SURFACE CONTROLS Interim Revision 10 15 97...

Страница 283: ...e This will clean the cable for a visual inspection and detect broken wires if the cloth snags on cable When snags are found closely examine cable to determine full extent of damage The absence of sna...

Страница 284: ...ICE MANUAL INDIVIDUAL WORNMOR INDIVIDUAL OUTER WIRESWORNLESSTHAN40 WORN AREASINDIVIDUALLY DISTINGUISHABLE Figure 5 APP 2 Cable Wear Pattern CABLE Figure 5 APP 3 Internal Cable Wear 1L20 SURFACECONTROL...

Страница 285: ...res such as rust prevention treatments for bare cable areas will help to extend cable service life Where cables pass through fairleads pressure seals or over pulleys remove accumulated heavy coatings...

Страница 286: ...Patterns PULLEY WEAR PATTERNS Various cable system malfunctions may be detected by analyzing pulley conditions These include such discrepancies as too much tension misalignment pulley bearing problem...

Страница 287: ...PIPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL THIS PAGEINTENTIONALLYBLANK 1L23 Interim Revision 10 15 97 SURFACECONTROLS...

Страница 288: ...PIPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL THIS PAGEINTENTIONALLYBLANK 1L24 SURFACE CONTROLS Interim Revision 10 15 97...

Страница 289: ...ICE MANUAL CARD 2OF8 PA 31T CHEYENNE PA 31T CHEYENNE II PA 31T1 CHEYENNE I PA 31T1 CHEYENNE IA PA 31T2 CHEYENNE IIXL PIPER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION JULY 2 1984 PART NUMBER 753 826 2A1 INTERIM REVISION OCT...

Страница 290: ...umber is vertical line reference per card Example 2J16 Aerofiche card number two of given set Grid location 16 To aid in locating the various chapters and related service information desired the follo...

Страница 291: ...ruary20 1986 April30 1986 August21 1986 June 15 1988 March 13 1990 October19 1994 March20 1995 October15 1997 AeroficheCardEffectivity 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1 Only 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and...

Страница 292: ...ANDPA 31T1 2111 AEROFICHE CARDNO 3 VIIIA POWERPLANT PA 31T2 3A8 IX FUELSYSTEM 3D7 X INSTRUMENTS 3F2 AEROFICHE CARDNO 4 XI ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 4A7 AEROFICHE CARDNO 5 XII ELECTRONICS 5A9 XIII ENVIRONMENT...

Страница 293: ...Schematic 2C10 6 19 Hand Pump Ozone 2C13 6 20 Hand Pump Wiebel Tool 2C16 6 21 Nose GearActuating Cylinder Ozone OAS 2923 3 2C18 6 22 Nose Gear or Main Actuating Cylinder Wiebel ToolWTC 2115 1 WTC 2235...

Страница 294: ...sualCheckfor Serviceable Limits Goodyear5002376 2G24 7 25 RemovalandInstallationof AnchorBolts 2H6 7 26 WheelBrakeAssembly Cleveland30 106 2H8 7 27 B F Goodrich 2 1435 2 Brake Installation 2H10 7 27a...

Страница 295: ...2L2 8 13 OilFilterElement 2 2L6 8 14 TorqueSystemCalibration 2L9 8 15 CheyenneIA Torquemeter TestSetup 2L12 8 16 CheyenneIA Torquemeter Transducer TestSetup 2L13 8 17 T5ThermocoupleHarnessLoopResista...

Страница 296: ...mits Goodyear5002376 2H1 II m BrakeWearLimits B F Goodrich 2 1435 2 2H15 VII IV TroubleshootingChart Brakes B F Goodrich2 1435 2 2H17 VII V TroubleshootingChart LandingGearSystem 2H24 VI I PropellerSp...

Страница 297: ...2000 RPM TorqueCurve 2K13 8 4 Fuel Flow PA 31T 2K14 8 5 Gas Generator Speed Data Plate Speed PA 31T 2K15 8 6 Inter Turbine Temperature PA 31T 2K16 8 7 Torque PA 31T 2K17 8 8 Data Plate SpeedRatio Curv...

Страница 298: ...ir Leakage 6 16 CheckingLandingGearCycleTime 6 17 DisconnectingTest Unit 6 18 HydraulicTest Unit Optional 6 19 HydraulicPowerPack Ozone 6 20 Removalof PowerPack 6 21 Disassemblyof PowerPack 6 22 Disas...

Страница 299: ...alve Testing of DoorVentValve Assemblyof PowerPack Testing Reservoirfor Leakage PowerPack WiebelTool Removalof PowerPack Disassemblyof PowerPack Disassemblyof Manifold Disassemblyof HandPump SuctioriS...

Страница 300: ...11 6 97 Adjustment of LandingGearSelectorHandle 2C11 6 98 Filling HydraulicReservoir 2C12 6 99 Bleedingthe HydraulicSystem 2C12 6 100 Hand Pump Emergency Ozone 2C12 6 101 Removalof HandPump 2C12 6 102...

Страница 301: ...r of Gear Door Actuating Cylinders OAS2924 3 2D3 6 144 Assemblyof Gear Door ActuatingCylinder OAS2924 3 2D3 6 145 Installation of Gear Door ActuatingCylinder OAS2924 3 2D3 6 146 Gear Door Actuating Cy...

Страница 302: ...y an anti retraction squat switchmounted on the left main gear upper torque link The anti retracttonswitch willalso sound a warninghorn if the selector leveris movedto the gearup positionwhilethe airc...

Страница 303: ...e fluid levelfromdropping belowthe emergencyquantity required for the operation of the system by meansof the hand pump The enginedrivenpumps are suppliedwith fluid through the standpipe so that when t...

Страница 304: ...ERVICE MANUAL 1361 NOTE GEARIS SHOWN DOWNANDLOCKED DOORS CLOSED ANDSELECTOR HANDLE INNEUTRAL POWER ON DEAR EXTENDED DOOR CLOSED Figure 6 1 Schematic Diagram of Hydraulic System With Gear Door Actuator...

Страница 305: ...HANDLE 9 NOSE GEAR ACTUATOR 10 RESTRICTOR VALVE 11 MAIN GEAR ACTUATOR 12 POWERPACKASSEMBLY A LOW PRESSURE THERMAL RELIEFVALVE B TIME DELAYVALVE C DELETED D HAND PUMP RELIEFVALVE E PISTON RELEASE LOCK...

Страница 306: ...GEARWARNINGHORN GEAR RN RELAY NOTES 1 GEAR IS SHOWN DOWN AND LOCKED DOORS CLOSED AND SELECTOR HANDLE IN DOWN NEUTRAL POWER ON 2 POWER ON DOORS CLOSED POWER OFF DOORS OPEN Figure6 2 Schematicof PowerP...

Страница 307: ...cowlingsas explainedin Section VIII or Section VIIIA 6 5 HYDRAULIC SYSTEMOPERATIONAL CHECKS 6 6 HYDRAULIC TEST UNIT PIPERNO 753 080 6 7 INTRODUCTION PIPER TEST UNIT This test unit will offer invaluab...

Страница 308: ...t Pressure Priority ValveCracking Pressure Engine Pump Check ValveCracking Pressure Landing Gear Handle Position Release Time Delay Valve Hydraulic Fluid Required ReservoirOperating Capacity Engine Pu...

Страница 309: ...ressure 1900PSI Min Low PressureThermal ReliefVent Valve Open 0 to 100PSI Low PressureThermal ReliefVent Valve Closed 150PSI Max Priority ValveCracking Pressure 600 to 650 PSI Hand Pump Check ValveCra...

Страница 310: ...aris down andlocked i Checkthe indicator lightsfor proper operation j Removethe airplane fromjacks 6 10 CHECKINGTIMEDELAYVALVE a Connect the hydraulictest unit in accordancewithParagraph6 8 b With tes...

Страница 311: ...le trip This pressure should be as indicated in Table VI I or VI II Besure to allowfor time delay valveto open j Referto Paragraph6 45 or 6 85for handlereleaseadjustment k Ascertain that the landing g...

Страница 312: ...wer pack must be removed and partially disassembledto adjust hand pump relief valvesetting Refer to Paragraph6 46 The WiebelTool powerpack handpump reliefvalveadjustmentis accomplishedwith the power p...

Страница 313: ...riven pump there is internal leakagein the pump Repair or replace the pump If timeexceeds the limit when operated either by the test unit or engine driven pump internal leakageisin the hydraulicsystem...

Страница 314: ...NG VENT 12 HOSE VENT 13 ACCESS OPENING 14 POWER PACK 15 BOLT 16 SAFETYWIRE 17 DRAIN 18 LINE GEAR UP 19 PANEL WHEEL WELL 20 BLOCK 21 LINE RETURNR ENGINE 22 LINE PRESSURER ENGINE 23 LINE DOOR CLOSE SEE...

Страница 315: ...AIN FITTING 2 MAIN RELIEF VALVE 3 PRIORITY VALVE 4 HAND PUMP INLET FILTER 5 HAND PUMP RELIEF VALVE 6 TIME DELAY VALVE 7 DOOR VENT VALVE 8 STANDPIPE FILTER Figure 6 4 Location of Power Pack Components...

Страница 316: ...i Movethe PowerPackto the rearand then out the right accesspanel 6 21 DISASSEMBLY OF POWERPACK Refer to Figure6 5 After the PowerPackhas beenremoved from the airplane and all ports are capped or plugg...

Страница 317: ...PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1362 57 Figure 6 5 Hydraulic Power Pack Ozone Reissued 2 6 81 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 2B5...

Страница 318: ...PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL 1 MAIN RELIEF VALVE 2 LOCK NUT Figure 6 5 Hydraulic Power Pack Ozone cont Reissued 2 6 81 HYDRAULICSYSTEM 2B6...

Страница 319: ...the manifold body at the end opposite the selectorspoolrack If movedbeyond thisposition an O ring will become caught and the selector spool will then be extremely difficultto remove 6 22 DISASSEMBLY O...

Страница 320: ...INRELIEFVALVE Referto Figure6 5 a Loosenthe locknut 2 at the top of the mainreliefvalve b Removethe adjustingscrew 3 andlocknut 2 from the top of the reliefvalve c Unscrewthe retainer 4 d Removethe tw...

Страница 321: ...PET 20 POPPET 21 O RING 22 SLEEVE TRANSFER 23 O RING 24 MANIFOLD 25 LANDING SELECTOR SPOOL 26 SPOOL LANDING GEAR SELECTOR 27 O RING 28 WASHER 29 BOLT 30 WIRE SAFETY 31 NUT 32 SCREW 33 FITTING 34 NUT 3...

Страница 322: ...h all parts in dry cleaningsolvent Federal Specification P S 661 or equivalent anddry them with filteredcompressedair c Inspect all partsfor scratches scores chips cracks andindications of excesswear...

Страница 323: ...adsand installthe retainer Tightensecurely e Turn the Power Packupsidedown lubricate the spring 36 and button 37 andinstall the body 47 Applylubricantto hold the button in the springandinstallwith the...

Страница 324: ...sh withthe solenoidend of the manifold CAUTION If the selector spool is moved much more than flush with the manifold at the end opposite the rack before the manifold is installed and the rack engagedp...

Страница 325: ...SPACER S RETURN CAM 6 PIN 7 HOUSING HANDLE RETURN 8 SCREW 9 WIRE SAFETY 10 PLUNGER 11 SPRING 12 RETAINER ADJUSTING PLUG Figure6 7 PowerPackHandleRelease Ozone 204 ROLL WIRE AFTER TWISTING VIEW VIEW P...

Страница 326: ...the time delayvalve plunger 3 in the manifold The plunger must move freely in the manifoldwithout binding d Mate the manifold to the Power Pack body using care to prevent damageto the O ringson the t...

Страница 327: ...tted holesfor switchadjustment b Adjust the top edge of the bracket 44 to be flush with the edgeof the manifoldassembly Tighten the screwssecurelyandsafety wire c Adjustthe switchto the full up positi...

Страница 328: ...dpump witha 3000 psi capacity 2 One hydraulicpressuregaugeof 3000 psi capacity 3 One hydraulicpressureguge of 150psi capacity c Connect the test pressurehoseto the pressureinlet port of the PowerPack...

Страница 329: ...nnect a spring scale to the arm and pull fore and aft perpendicular to the centerlineof the arm to determine that it will leavethe detent at a force of 9 1 2 pounds The handle releasedetent springadju...

Страница 330: ...fluidseepsfrom the door vent valve c Increase the pressure to 150 psi minimumand check to see that the door vent valveshuts off fluidflow Slowdecreasein pressurefrom the valveleakageis normal d Relie...

Страница 331: ...m body d Removecenter stud 41 and 0 ring 40 NOTE All electrical wires are color coded Disregard color of wire terminals If colored wiresarematched when wiresare re installed the wireswillbeconnected c...

Страница 332: ...TTING 2 MAIN RELIEF VALVE 3 PRIORITY VALVE 4 FILTER HAND PUMP SUCTION 5 HAND PUMP RELIEF VALVE 6 TIME DELAY CHECK VALVE 7 DOOR VENT VALVE 8 STANDPIPE FILTER Figure 6 11 Location of Power Pack Componen...

Страница 333: ...dedparts poppet 6 and poppet seat 7 are matchedpartsand must bereplacedas an assembly I PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1323 2 3 4 Figure6 12 HydraulicPowerPack WiebelTool Revised 2 15 82 2B21 2B21 HYRA...

Страница 334: ...ION 49 SNAPRING 50 FILTER HANDPUMP 51 HANDPUMPREIEFVALVE 52 ADJUSTING SCREW 53 SPRING 54 STEM 55 BODY SECONDARY RELIEF VALVE 56 BALL 57 SEAT 58 O RING 59 CHECK VALVE TIMEDELAY 60 SNAPRING 61 O RING 62...

Страница 335: ...t out The landing gear selectorspool 19 time delay plunger 2 and the manifold 35 are matched lapped parts If it is necessaryto replaceanyof these three parts replacethem asan assemblyonly f Remove the...

Страница 336: ...VE 8 O RING SLEEVE 9 DOOR SELECTOR SPOOL 10 SPOOL DOORSELECTOR 11 DOOR SOLENOID VALVE ASSEMBLY 12 SOLENOID DOOR 13 O RING SOLENOID 14 SPRING PLUNGER RETURN 15 PLUNGER 16 PIN 17 LANDING GEARSELECTOR SP...

Страница 337: ...dy 67 b Removethe snap ring 96 fromfitting 89 c Removeguide 95 spring 94 and poppet 93 6 62 DISASSEMBLY OF STANDPIPE FILTER Referto Figure6 12 a Removethestandpipe filter 99 frombody 67 6 63 DISASSEMB...

Страница 338: ...scardallold 0 ringsand gaskets b Remove the line fitting caps and wash all parts in dry cleaningsolvent Federal Specification P S 661 or equivalent and dry with filteredcompressedair c Inspect all par...

Страница 339: ...p ring 96 b Lubricate threads install O ring 90 back up 91 and 0 ring 92 on the fitting 89 and installassemblyinto body 67 Torqueto 55 inch pounds 6 75 ASSEMBLY OF PRIORITYVALVE Refer to Figure6 12 it...

Страница 340: ...e Slide deflector plate 107 over centerstud 41 f Lubricate 0 ring 40 and install onto centerstud 41 6 80 ASSEMBLY OF MANIFOLD Refer to Figure 6 13 a Lubricate and install the 0 ring 20 on the landing...

Страница 341: ...the gear 3 and the detent cam 5 wasremovedfromthe input shaft 6 then the partsmustbe assembledandindexed as shownin Figure6 14 View A b Lubricatethe input shaft 6 slidedetent cam 5 andgear 3 into plac...

Страница 342: ...g gearselector spoolrack with the input shaftgearas shown in Figure 6 16 With landinggearselectorspool 5 protruding 06 inches from fape A of manifold 1 and the input shaft return cam 4 in the horizont...

Страница 343: ...minimumof test equipment for testingthe Power Pack a Useonly cleanhydraulicfluidper MIL H 5606 b Minimumequipment neededis as follows 1 Testunit pump and handpump witha 2500 PSIcapacity 2 Onehydrauli...

Страница 344: ...sedfrom eitherdetent position 6 86 ADJUSTMENT OF HANDPUMPRELIEFVALVE Refer to Figure6 12 item 51 a With the input shaft in either the gearup or geardown position apply hand pumppressure veryslowlyunti...

Страница 345: ...ach the pressure hose from the hand pump with the 200 PSIpressuregaugeto the door open fitting b Slowlyapply pressureto seethat fluidseepsfromthe door ventvalve c Adjust the adjustingscrew 27 so that...

Страница 346: ...SERVICE MANUAL I 332 NOTE ITEMS 3 AND 4 NOT USED ON SERIALNUMBERS 31T 8304001 AND UP 1 FILTER RIGHT PUMP 2 GEAR ACTUATING CYLINDER RIGHT Figure 6 18 Hydraulic System Schematic Revised 4 25 83 2C10 HYD...

Страница 347: ...f the handle at the centerlineof the knob will be required to move the handle from the detent and return it to the neutral position To check the operation of the gearselectorhandle mechanism place the...

Страница 348: ...anding gear selector handle is in the down neutral position and that the landinggearisdown and locked h Removethe airplanefromjacks 6 100 HANDPUMP EMERGENCY OZONE 6 101 REMOVALOF HANDPUMP a Removethe...

Страница 349: ...NG 16 O RING 17 SCRAPER 18 BRACKET 19 SCREW ALLEN 20 LINK 21 LEVER 22 PIN FLAT HEAD 23 PIN FLAT HEAD 24 PIN FLAT HEAD 25 PIN COTTER 26 PIN ROLL 27 SPRING 21 SCREW 29 STOP 30 SAFETY WIRE 31 WASHER Figu...

Страница 350: ...slideit into the pump body 6 f Attach the bracket 18 to the pump body 6 install allen screwsandsafety withMS20995C20 lock wire g Positionlink 20 andinstallpins 22 and 23 washers 31 and cotter pins 25...

Страница 351: ...ody c Slidethe scraper 20 and the gland 16 fromthe plunger 13 d To remove the checkvalveassemblyfrom the plunger removethe snap ring 7 fromthe plunger cavityand with alow chargeof airinjected into the...

Страница 352: ...14 QUICK CLICK PIN 15 0 RING 16 GLAND 17 BACK UP 18 BACK UP 19 0 RING 20 SCRAPER 21 BRACKET 22 QUICK CLICK PIN 23 LINK 24 QUICK CLICK PIN 25 SCREW 26 LEVER 27 GRIP 28 ROLL PIN 29 HANDLE 30 STOP 31 ROL...

Страница 353: ...P TEST a Ascertain that the reservoir is filledwith hydraulicfluid b Removecap fromdoor open port and operateemergencyhand pumpuntil fluidflowsfromport withno evidenceof air in the system Replenishres...

Страница 354: ...2 O RING 3 PISTON 4 O RING 5 GLAND 6 O RING 7 LOCKNUT GLAND STOP 9 LOCKNUT 10 LOCK 11 LOCKNUT 12 LOCK 13 ROD END 14 BACKUP RING 15 GLYD RING 16 BACKUP RING I Figure 6 21 Nose Gear Actuating Cylinder O...

Страница 355: ...rod endfittingfor wearandcorrosion e Repairs to the cylinderare limited to polishingout small scratches burrs etc and replacing parts 6 120 ASSEMBLY OF NOSEGEARACTUATING CYLINDER Refer to Figure6 21...

Страница 356: ...1 CYLINDER BODY PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 16 3 Figure 6 22 Nose or Main Gear Actuating Cylinder Wiebel Tool WTC 2115 1 WTC 2235 1 and WTC 2236 1 Revised 1 5 84 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 2C20...

Страница 357: ...a Install GT ring 2 on the head of the piston 3 b Install back up 5 and O ring 4 into outside groove of end cap 6 c Install GT ring 7 and scraper 8 into inside grooves of end cap 6 Tapered lip of scr...

Страница 358: ...AND REPAIROF MAINGEARACTUATINGCYLINDERS Sameas Paragraph6 119 6 132 ASSEMBLYOF MAIN GEARACTUATINGCYLINDERS Refer to Figure 6 23 Lubricate all parts with hydraulicfluid per MIL H 5606 prior to assembly...

Страница 359: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 6 23 Main Gear Actuating Cylinder OzoneOAS 5107 1 Revised 1 5 84 2C23 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM...

Страница 360: ...of Main Landing Gear Section VII for final adjustments Tightennut 9 to a torque of 85 15inch pounds 6 139 INSTALLATIONOF MAIN GEAR ACTUATING CYLINDERS Same as Paragraph 6 133 6 140 GEAR DOOR ACTUATIN...

Страница 361: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 6 24 Main GearActuating Cylinder Wiebel Tool WTC 2145 1and WTC 2145 3 Revised 1 5 84 2D1 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM...

Страница 362: ...D AT LEFT MAIN GEAR DOOR ACTUATINGCYLINDER RIGHT SIDEOPPOSITE 1 ROD END 2 LOCKNUT 3 BACKUP RING 4 O RING 5 GLAND END 6 SPACER 7 PISTON 8 BACKUP RING 9 O RING 10 RACE 11 WASHER 12 BALLS 13 NUT KNURLED...

Страница 363: ...ls 12 are in place in the piston as the piston is inserted in the barrel f Screw the barrel 17 into the clevis end 22 Tighten the barrel down smugly against race then tighten knurled nut 13 g Insert s...

Страница 364: ...plunger 19 and clevisend 22 for cracks chips scratches scoring wear and surface irregularitieswhich may effect proper function of the door actuator cylinder e Repair of most parts of the landinggeardo...

Страница 365: ...Actuator Cylinder 16 RACE 17 O RING 18 BACK UP 19 PLUNGER 20 SPRING 21 SAFETY WIRE 22 CLEVIS END Figure 6 26 Gear Door Actuating Cylinder Wiebel Tool WTC2114 1 Revised 2 15 82 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 2D5...

Страница 366: ...Remove GT ring 8 from piston 6 n RemoveO rings 9 and 15 with back up rings 10 and 14 from barrel 12 o RemoveO ring 18 from plunger 17 p Remove O ring 23 from retainer assembly 22 q Remove O ring 24 f...

Страница 367: ...CLINES 6 153 REMOVALAND INSTALLATIONOF HYDRAULICLINES Removea damagedhydraulic line by disconnectingthe fittings at each end and by disconnectingwheresecuredby brackets Referto Figure 6 18 as an aid i...

Страница 368: ...Figure 6 26a Gear Door ActuatingCylinder WiebelTool WTC2218 1 Revised 2 15 8 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 2D8...

Страница 369: ...removedto determinethe causeof malfunction 6 159 PROCEDURE AFTER ENGINE DRIVENHYDRAULIC PUMP FAILURE Should a pump breakage occur there may be metal particles in the hydraulic system To rectify this...

Страница 370: ...deand slidingit fromthe four dowels 11 In caseof sticking tap gently with a plasticor rubber hammer f Removethe four studs 14 from the rear side Removeand discardthe large O ringseal 15 from the rear...

Страница 371: ...T 9 O RING 10 CENTER PLATE ASSEMBLY 11 DOWEL 4 12 SCREW SQC HD CAP 13 REAR SIDE ASSEMBLY 14 STUD 15 O RING 16 DRIVE PIN 17 SECONDARY SHAFT 18 SECONDARY GEAR 19 DRIVE GEAR 8 A Figure6 28 HydraulicPump...

Страница 372: ...aft 17 Gears 18 and 19 Visuallyinspect the lapped surface for scratchesor signsof scoring Inspectthe shaft for deep scratches in the bearing area Visuallyinspect gearsfor evidence of chipped teeth or...

Страница 373: ...exceedthe wearlimits it willprobably be found that the pump is not producingits rated capacity and therefore the system may not be doing an adequate job Therefore it is necessary to repair or replace...

Страница 374: ...id h Changesystemfluid filters in accordancewith Paragraph6 156 6 165 PRIMINGHYDRAULICPUMP The followinginstructionsfor primingthe hydraulicpump assures that the pump willnot be operated in adry condi...

Страница 375: ...osingcycleis complete If this occurs manualoverrideof the timedelay cyclemust beused to closethe geardoors Duringgearextension if the selector returns to neutral at the same time the gearsare lockeddo...

Страница 376: ...valve Internalleakage inhand pump reliefvalve Referto paragraph6 166 Then fill the powerpack withhydraulicfluid Referto paragraph6 166 Then check the system withhydraulictest unit or hand pump Checksy...

Страница 377: ...replacedamaged O rings Refer to paragraph6 159 before replacingpump Selectorhandle returns to neu tral beforecycle is complete Cable line or ob struction restricting the travelrequired to fullyselectg...

Страница 378: ...ckout of adjustment Checkfor loosewire or mounting or bent bracket Doorscome open in flight NOTE Refer to Landing GearTroubleshooting Chart Table VII III Doorsfail to close Improper riggingof door act...

Страница 379: ...y 2E17 7 17 Cleaning InspectionandRepairof NoseGearDoorAssembly 2E17 7 18 Installation of Nose Gear Door Assembly 2E17 7 19 Adjustment of Nose GearDoor 2E17 7 20 Removal of Nose Gear Steering Mechanis...

Страница 380: ...7 54 Removaland Disassemblyof Main Wheel Goodyear 9544171 1 2F23 7 55 Cleaningand Inspection of Main WheelAssembly Goodyear 9544171 1 2GI 7 56 Repair of Main WheelAssembly Goodyear9544171 1 2G2 7 57 A...

Страница 381: ...2 2H15 7 83 Assemblyand Installation of Brake Assembly B F Goodrich 2 1435 2 2H16 7 84 Brake Master Cylinder 2H18 7 85 Removalof Brake Master Cylinder 2H18 7 86 Disassemblyof Brake Master Cylinder 2H1...

Страница 382: ...the instrument panel to the right of thegearselector control are one red and three greenindi cator lights The red light will indicate when the gear is not locked ineither the up or down position and...

Страница 383: ...theairplane a Placethe airplane on jacks Refer to Jacking Section II b Placea drip pan under the nose gear to catch spillage c Removeair and fluid from the oleo Refer to Oleo Struts Section II d To re...

Страница 384: ...of parts d Individual replacementof wiperstrips maybe achievedper Paragraph 7 36 7 8 ASSEMBLYOF NOSEGEAR OLEO Refer to Figure 7 1 a Ascertainthat parts are cleanand inspected b To assemble the orifice...

Страница 385: ...ASSEMBLY 22 TORQUE LINK LOWER 23 WASHER SPACER 24 BOLT ASSEMBLY 25 TORQUE LINK UPPER 33 26 TUBE PISTON 27 SHIMMY DAMPENER 28 BOLT ASSEMBLY 29 BOLT ASSEMBLY 30 BOLTS AND SAFETY WIRE 31 BRACKET 32 BUSHI...

Страница 386: ...PIPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL 45 16 17 3 2 Figure 7 1 Nose Gear Oleo Strut Assembly cont LANDINGGEARANDBRAKESYSTEM 2E2 Reissued 2 6 81...

Страница 387: ...cut of the non extrusion ring is properly mated Refer to Sketch F e Repeat steps c and d for the secondnon extrusion ring f Spread a fewdrops of systemhydraulicoil evenlyaround the sealingedgeof the p...

Страница 388: ...ON SKETCH B INSTALLATIONOF NON EXTRUSION RINGS IN ROD END SKETCH C INSTALLATION OF NON EXTRUSION RINGS ON PISTON SKETCH D CROSS SECTION OF INSTALLED T RINGASSEMBLY SKETCH E PROPERMATING OF SCARF CUT O...

Страница 389: ...ean away all corrosion and repaint the springs 2 Check the right and left gear door actuator springs for load tensions below the minimum allowable tolerances The minimum tension for the actuator sprin...

Страница 390: ...NK UPPERRIGHT 40 ROD DOOR RETRACTION 41 DRAG LINK LOWER 42 STUD DOORACTUATOR 43 BOLTASSEMBLY 44 HOUSING GEAR OLEO 45 SHIMMY DAMPENER 46 TORQUELINK UPPER 47 TORQUELINK LOWER 48 FORKASSEMBLY 49 TIRE 50...

Страница 391: ...NUAL 1076 207 SKETCHC 208 NOTE ATTACH SPACERENDOFIDLER TO LINK ASSY BUSHING UP WITH GEAR EXTENDED PA 31T2 ONLY SKETCHB SKETCH A Figure 7 2 Nose Landing Gear Installation cont Revised 4 25 83 2E7 LANDI...

Страница 392: ...uringthe properendtothe uplockhookand the other end on the gear actuating cylindersupport bolt Lubricate slidingend of rod perlubrication chart f The idler link 24 may be installedby the followingproc...

Страница 393: ...e With the hand pump retract the nose gear slightly to relieve the gear from itsdownlocked position f To remove the drag link assembly the following procedure may be used 1 Disconnect the gear retrac...

Страница 394: ...gs andfrictionsurfaceswitha properlubricantas describedinSection II a Position the right and left upper drag link plates 38 and bolt in place b Position the right and left gear housing attachment plat...

Страница 395: ...ng the gear to swing free and safety wire the nuts h The drag links may be installed as follows 1 Align upper 37 and 39 and lower 41 drag link bolt holes Install bolt uplock bearing 54 and secure 2 As...

Страница 396: ...djustment is complete 5 On applicable models only disconnect the emergency actuator 61 emergency idler link rod 59 and emergency idler link 60 and locate them clear of the primary gear extension compo...

Страница 397: ...through the elongatedhole in the tool plate and placethe tube overand between the upperlink attachingnuts 5 Swingthe plate up andagainstthe headof the bolt that connectsthe upperand lowerlinks The pl...

Страница 398: ...on actuator until the uplock bearing 54 clears the inside of the uplock hook 10 surface by 0 030 to 0 060 of an inch Adjust the gear up limit switch until the red cockpit light goes out Tighten the lo...

Страница 399: ...djust the idler link stop bolt 63 on the left side of the wheel well so that the emergency idler linkage is 22 to 28 inches through center 5 Extend the emergency actuator 6 1 to theend of its stroke a...

Страница 400: ...eyondeach mark g Clampthe rudder pedalsin neutralposition Refer to Figure7 3 NOTE The rudder control systemmustbe properlyriggedbeforealigning the nose gearsteering h Adjust the rod end bearingsof the...

Страница 401: ...hesnap ringthat holdsthe retraction mechanismon itssupport shaft Pull the retraction mechanismfrom the shaft 7 17 CLEANING INSPECTION AND REPAIR OF NOSE GEAR DOOR ASSEMBLY a Clean all parts witha suit...

Страница 402: ...meant as an adjustment to the nose gearsteering j Removethe arm 1 sector 2 shaft 13 and washers 11and 26 at station 76 38in the left rear portion of the nose wheelwell k To remove the two bracket halv...

Страница 403: ...LOCK 8 TUBE ASSEMBLY 9 LOCK WIRE 10 COVER PLATE 11 WASHER 12 BRACKETASSEMBLY SKETCHA 13 SHAFT 14 RUDDERCABLE 15 SLEEVE 16 GUARD PINS 17 BRACKET 18 PULLEY 19 PULLEY 20 BRACKET 21 FORWARD STEERING CABLE...

Страница 404: ...ver with the bolts and nuts previously removed 1 The nose gear alignment should also be checked in accordance with Paragraph 7 15 m If the oxygen bottle was removed replace in accordance with instruct...

Страница 405: ...on tube assembly may be assembled to the oleo housing 21 by first installing the tube components on the tube 22 In order slide onto the tube the retainer ring 15 washer 14 lower bearing 11 with inner...

Страница 406: ...7 PLUG 18 GREASE FITTING 19 VALVE AIR 20 PLUG FILLER 36 21 HOUSING OLEO 22 TUBE PISTON 23 BOLT ASSEMBLY 24 FORK 25 PIN COTTER 26 NUT AXLE 27 BOLT ASSEMBLY 21 PIN COTTER 40 29 BOLT ASSEMBLY 30 BEARING...

Страница 407: ...9 22 1080A 1080C 16 17 24 Figure 7 7 Main Gear Oleo Strut Assembly cont Reissued 2 6 81 LANDING GEAR AND BRAKE SYSTEM 2E23...

Страница 408: ...DEBRACE UPPERAFT 37 PLATE MOUNTING 38 BOLTASSEMBLY 39 VALVEASSEMBLY 40 HOUSING GEAR 41 SWITCH RIGHTGEARONLY 42 LINK TORQUE UPPER 43 UNK TORQUE LOWER 44 LINE BRAKE 45 STRUT ASSEMBLY 46 BRAKEASSEMBLY 47...

Страница 409: ...Y 3 0 063 MIN 0 156MAX FOR PA 31T1 SIN S 31T 8304001ANDUP 4 0 223 MIN 0 253MAX FOR PA 31T2 5 0 219 MIN 0 281MAX FOR ALLOTHER PA 31TMODELS 6 SEE PREVIOUSPAGE 7 REMOVEPAINTANDINSPECT HERE AT1000 HRSTIME...

Страница 410: ...7 Theshaftfitting 29 is attachedwithcapbolts washersandanchornuts f Disconnectthe outboardgeardoor retractionrods 54 at the gear housing 40 With the lowerside brace link 35 disconnectedfromthehousing...

Страница 411: ...e back of the hook with the loops also toward the back 2 Spread the spring and fit the loops over the bushing that extends through the hook 3 Slide thehook inboardthrough the bracketuntil the bracketh...

Страница 412: ...MAIN LANDING GEAR AND EMERGENCY GEAR EXTENSIONSYSTEM RefertoFigure7 8 a With the airplane on jacks and the gear extended disconnectthe inboard and outboardgear door operatingrodsandkeepthedoorsintheop...

Страница 413: ...If the hook operatesproperly determine properclearancebetween the hook 34 and pin 62 by engagingthe hook and pushingup on the sidebracelink assembly wherethe upperand lowerlinks hinge until the hook i...

Страница 414: ...allthe boltandspacer Tightenthe locknutonthe rodend 5 Adjust actuatorrodenduntil uplockrollerclearsinnerhooksurfaceby 03to 06of aninch when piston is bottomed This adjustmentwillrequire severaladjustm...

Страница 415: ...T OF MAIN LANDING GEAR The following steps should be completed prior to checking and or adjusting main wheel alignment a Ascertain that the airplane is parked on a levelsurface b The full weight of th...

Страница 416: ...quare the wheelhas toomuch toe in andmustbe realignedto get 5 degreetoe in h To correcttoe in or toe outconditions removethe bolt connectingthe upperand lowertorquelinks and removeor addspacerwasherst...

Страница 417: ...t them to the bosses on the gear housing Retract the gear and observe the amount of gap Shorten rods by several turns of the rod ends and retract the gear again Repeat until the door closes properly C...

Страница 418: ...ocatedbeneathanaccesscoveronthecabinfloorbetweenthepilot sandcopilot sseats 7 36b REMOVALOFGASSTORAGEBOTTLES a To remove the gas storagebottles gain accessto the extenderinstallationcover plate beneat...

Страница 419: ...mpletion of this test open the vent valve then remove all test equipment and reinstall the gas storage bottles and secure in place CAUTION Exercise care not to accidentallyfire the bottles when instal...

Страница 420: ...1500 PSI PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL C711 N2 FABRICATEDTESTFITTING BOTTLEDISCHARGER IN AIRCRAFT Figure 7 9a Test Equipment Installation Emergency Gear Extension System LANDING GEAR AND BRAKE SYSTEM...

Страница 421: ...SERVICE MANUAL C710 II II II 11 TAP FOR 4AN FTG 1 31 09 HOLE 6 00 II II THREAD 1 2 x 20 50 MATERIAL ALUMINUM Figure 7 9b Fabricated Test Fitting Emergency Gear Extension System 2 2F13 LANDING GEAR AN...

Страница 422: ...PIPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL 3237 Figure 7 9c Landing Gear Actuating System PA 31T2 Revised 10 15 82 LANDING GEAR AND BRAKE SYSTEM 2F14...

Страница 423: ...22 UPLOCKHOOK RIGHTMAINPNEUMATIC 23 PNEUMATIC ACTUATING CYLINDER RIGHT MAINGEAR 24 PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR FORRELEASING UPLOCK HOOK 25 FILTER VENT 26 GEARDOORACTUATING CYLINDER RIGHTMAIN 27 SHUTTLE VALVE 2...

Страница 424: ...rly adjusted for downlockposition b With the geardown and locked adjust the geardownswitchtoward the link until it actuates The greenindicator in the cockpitshould comeon c Checkswitchoperationby part...

Страница 425: ...end of the gaugeshould be evenwiththe lock pin The switchshould not beheard to actuate 4 Againraise the hook allowingthe switch to actuate and placea 0 030 gaugein the slot of the sidebrace link 5 Low...

Страница 426: ...rat thismeasurement b Adjust the switchdown until it actuates at thispoint Securethe switch c Extend and then compressthe strut to ascertainthat the switch willactuate at the lastquarter plus or minus...

Страница 427: ...talhousing 6 Remove the control keeper tube that holds the switch brackets in the control frame by removingthe tube attachment screwsfrom eachsideof the frame 7 47 INSTALLATION OF GEARWARNING SWITCHES...

Страница 428: ...he power lever coverin some manner in relation to the power leversfor adjustmentof the switches 3 Shut down the engines 4 Set the power lever at the locations marked With the adjustment screw on the s...

Страница 429: ...7 12 Support the wheel hub whileremoving cups 7 51 INSPECTION OF NOSE WHEEL ASSEMBLY B F GOODRICH a Clean metal parts in solvent and air dry thoroughly Clean rubber parts by wiping with a clean lint f...

Страница 430: ...ACKING PREFORMED 12 CUP BEARING 13 NUT SELF LOCKING 14 WEIGHT WHEEL BALANCING 15 SCREW 16 WHEEL HALF OUTER 17 CUP BEARING 18 NUT SELF LOCKING 19 WEIGHT WHEEL BALANCING 20 SCREW 21 WHEEL HALF INNER 516...

Страница 431: ...II I and test for leakage Refer to Parts Catalogfor the correct spacers required for particular tire installed f Repack wheelbearingswithgrease MIL G 3545C and lubricatecups Place bearingsinthe wheel...

Страница 432: ...e h Remove the self locking nuts 16 flat washers 15 wheel bolts 10 and counter 11 Then separate the wheel sub assemblies 5 and 6 NOTE Do not use power or impact wrenches to remove wheel bolts or nuts...

Страница 433: ...ack bearingconeswith cleanbearinggrease MIL G 81322 d Washthe inboard bearingseal 9 inisopropylalcoholanddry with a clean soft cloth e Visuallyinspect allparts for cracks distortion defects andexcessi...

Страница 434: ...ned onto bolt with finger pressure l Inspect keyway liners 12 on inboard wheel sub assembly 6 for wear If distance between surfaces of liners across any tang slot of inboard wheel sub assembly exceeds...

Страница 435: ...earingcup thoroughly Coat contactingsurfacesof cupwith zinc chromateprimeror paste c Install the chilled bearingcup into the heated wheel sub assemblyand tap into place evenlywith a fiberdrift pin NOT...

Страница 436: ...ld receive one mist coat of zinc chromateprimer only b Placethe outboard wheelsub assembly 5 on a clean flat surface c Use a lint free cloth dampenedwith isopropylalcoholto cleantire beads wheelflange...

Страница 437: ...re to 20 psi Do not inflate the tire to full operating pressure until the wheel is mounted on the aircraft l If not already accomplished pack the bearing cones 3 and 8 and coat the bearing cups 4 and...

Страница 438: ...NSPECTION AND REPAIR OF MAIN WHEEL ASSEMBLY CLEVELAND 40 106 40 106A Refer to the latest revision of Piper Service Bulletin No 767 for information on the replacement of certain Cleveland 40 106 wheels...

Страница 439: ...ake disc and inner wheel half and washers and nuts on the outer wheel half Torque wheel nuts per recommended torque valve on name plate of wheel d Inflate tire to recommended operating pressure per Ta...

Страница 440: ...and tire NOTE Do not usepoweror impactwrenchesto removewheelboltsor nuts h Removethe self lockingnuts 1 washers 7 andbolts 16 Thewheelsub assemblies 2and4 can now be separated i On tubelesstires only...

Страница 441: ...HESE SURFACES NOTE At each tire change visually inspect wheel halves for corrosion noting especially bead seat area tire contact surface andtie boltholes Corrosion mayberemovedwith 400 grit emery clot...

Страница 442: ...e treatment under paint 1 Abrasive blasting using ground walnut hulls per specification MIL G 5634 Type II or III is recommended This method will not remove surface treatment and does not require mask...

Страница 443: ...EPAIR OF MAIN WHEEL ASSEMBLY B F GOODRICH 3 1392 and 3 1424 Repair to the main wheel assembly are limited to blending out small nicks scratches gouges and areas of slight corrosion plus the replacemen...

Страница 444: ...ginal surface Max dimensions shown 0 030 below original surface 0 040 below original surface 0 040 for clean up and return to original surface 0 020 below original surface MAX DISCREPANCY ALLOWED AFTE...

Страница 445: ...raying or with a pad Solution will complete its action in two minutes Rinse off with cold water NOTE Dow No I Chromic Acid Etch Solution formula Chromic Acid I lb Nitric Acid 1 4 sp gr 0 9 pint 426CC...

Страница 446: ...thane coating 7 Apply two coats of urethane to all surfaces except register surfaces and mating surfaces before assembly Allow four hours elapsedtime between overcoats 7 64 ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATIONOF...

Страница 447: ...g cups 3 and 5 with grease per specification MIL G 3545 Ascertain that there is ample grease in and around rollers and cage n Apply a thin coat of wheel bearing grease to axle axle threads and axle nu...

Страница 448: ...ccordance with Paragraph 7 54 c Disconnect and cap the hydraulic brake line at the brake assembly and remove the six bolts securing the brake assembly to the landing gear strut d Place the brake assem...

Страница 449: ...piston 5000077 Piston 5004775 Figure 7 18 Wheel Brake Assembly Goodyear 5002376 CAUTION Dry cleaning solvents are toxic and volatile Use in a well ventilated area Do not inhale the vapors and avoid co...

Страница 450: ...nch drill and punchingout the oldrivets CAUTION Exercisecare to avoiddamagingor enlargingthe rivetholes 2 Before repadding either plate inspect it for cracks using zygloor dye penetrant method Replace...

Страница 451: ...and grinding residue 2 Immerse disc in Houghton s Rust Veto 377 or equivalent Use in the as received condition without dilution Let discs drip and air dry for five minutes or more Clean compressedair...

Страница 452: ...AISI TYPE S5 2 HEAT TREAT ROCKWELL C 4150O AND POLISH CONTOUR AREA FREE OF TOOL MARKS 5 TO 10 RMS AFTER HND 3 SERVICE GYISA GYIIB RIVETS SEMI TUBULAR RIVETS 4 EDGE OF FORMING TOOL MUST BE ON CENTER L...

Страница 453: ...d four slotted holesto snowshieldasshownabove Pilot drill andcut slotsasrequired No special tools required 3 MetalstampR5000086 in 0 12inch characters asshownabove 4 Touch up slotswith AluminumLacquer...

Страница 454: ...Wear Limits Goodyear 5002376 0 095 MIN 0 251 MAX 0 247 MIN PRESSUREPLATE BACKPLATE Figure 7 23 Limits for Repadded Pressure and Back Plates Goodyear 5002376 Reissued 2 6 81 LANDING GEARANDBRAKESYSTEM...

Страница 455: ...171 Type I 3 Repaint reworked areaswith two coats of zinc chromate primer SpecificationMIL P 8585 and two coats of aluminumlacquer SpecificationTT L 32 7 71 ASSEMBLYAND INSTALLATIONOF BRAKEASSEMBLY GO...

Страница 456: ...sing 15 i Place the torque tube 17 over the brake bolts with the open end of torque tube toward the housing andagainstthe snowshield j Install the pressureplate 8 with the wearpads up overthe torque t...

Страница 457: ...disc Replace NOTE As much as 25 percent of mix may be lost through chipping providedthe mix lossis scattered Referto Figure7 24 Dishingof discsin excessof 0 030 inch Discswhichare 0 125 inch or more o...

Страница 458: ...n 0 615 inch or greater than 0 640 inch Dished0 030 inch or more Out of round 0 120 inch or more Replaceplate Replaceplate Torque Tube 17 Crackedtorque tube Replace Key widthis 0 545 inch or lessat an...

Страница 459: ...ageless than 0 003 of an inch can berepairedin accordancewithParagraph 7 70 StationaryDisc 7 Crackedreliefslot Replace terminalholesand key slot corners Discworn to 0 171 Replace inch or less Discdish...

Страница 460: ...3 Thread damage cracks under head and in threadsadjacent to bolt shankand bent bolts Replace Insulators 9 Smallblistersnot exceeding0 010 inch GrindOFF Wornto 0 220 inch or lessin thickness BRAKEPART...

Страница 461: ...26 a To remove the brake assembly first disconnect the brake line from the brake cylinder housing 15 Capbrake lineto prevent contamination b Removethe bolts 1 that secure the backing plates 10 and shi...

Страница 462: ...t servicelife the cylindersmust slidefreelyin the torque plate f Check the anchor bolt hole and mounting bolt hole areas for elongation or cracks Badly elongated or cracked parts should be replaced wi...

Страница 463: ...nd insure that piston and seal are in proper alignment Tap the piston with a wooden or plastic mallet while alternately rotating If considerable effort is required remove piston and inspect bore and p...

Страница 464: ...RING 8 LINING 9 SHIM 10 PLATE BACK 11 PLATE TORQUE 12 NUT 13 CAP BLEEDER 14 SCREW BLEEDER 15 CYLINDER 16 BOLT ANCHOR 17 SEAT BLEEDER 18 O RING 19 WASHER 20 BRAKE DISC PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1410...

Страница 465: ...th Paragraph 7 61 c Disconnect and cap the hydraulic brake lineat the brake assembly and remove the six bolts washers and nuts Lift brake off over axle d Place the brake assembly in the vertical posit...

Страница 466: ...R 12 SPACER 13 TORQUEPLATE 14 WASHER 15 12 POINT BOLT NOTE PISTON HOUSING PISTON TAPPED APPLY MIL T 5544 COMPOUND TOTHESE SURFACES VIEW A LUBTORQUEREQUIREMENT VIEW B CORRECTPISTONINSTALLATION I FOR FU...

Страница 467: ...HEYENNESERVICE MANUAL PISTON Figure 7 27a Brake Removal Wear Limit UNING CARRIER ASSEMBLY SHINYMARKON O D OF WEARFACE Figure 7 27b Brake Removal Wear Limit Revised 4 25 83 LANDING GEAR AND BRAKE SYSTE...

Страница 468: ...IDE OF CARRIER DISHING OF 025 INCHESMAXI MUM REPLACE OR REPAIR PARTS CARRIER MAY BE COLD FLATTENEDWITH A MALLETAND FLATPLATE CARRIERLINING AND TORQUE BUTTONASSEMBLY LEADING EDGE WEAR THISCONDITION CAN...

Страница 469: ...NING SURFACE AND IS WORN TO A MINI MUM THICKNESS OF 370 INCHES CHECKTO SURFACEOF CARRIER I D O D DISHING OF 050 INCHES MAXIMUM FROM O D TO I D LINING CARRIER ASSEMBLY Figure 7 27a Brake Removal Wear L...

Страница 470: ...agnesium may be used CAUTION Use paint strippers in a well ventilated area and avoid prolonged inhalation of fumes CAUTION DO NOT clean rubber packings or insulators with cleaning solvents 3 Thoroughl...

Страница 471: ...could cause leakage Replace as necessary k Inspect insulators 8 and 11 for chips and signs of disintegration Replace as necessary 1 Magnetic particle inspect each bolt 15 for fatigue indications and...

Страница 472: ...ue button assembles 10 when carrier and lining thickness not including button thickness is less than 0 160 of an inch 7 83 ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION OF BRAKE ASSEMBLY B F GOODRICH 2 1435 2 Refer to Fi...

Страница 473: ...buttons k With mating surface facing down set spacer 1 and torque plate 13 into piston over exposed torque buttons Ascertain that all torque buttons fit into torque plate 13 l Rotate torque plate 13...

Страница 474: ...tc and replacingvalve washersealand O rings 7 88 ASSEMBLY OF BRAKEMASTERCYLINDER Refer to Figure 7 28 a Install O ring 9 on the cylinderpiston 8 Assembleonto the piston rod 12 the piston 8 spring 7 wa...

Страница 475: ...port installthe valvespring 3 and securewithoutlet fitting 2 7 95 INSTALLATION OFPARKINGBRAKEVALVE a Attach the valveto the bulkhead mountingbracket with screws b Connect the fluid linesto the valve...

Страница 476: ...O RING 14 O RING 15 GLAND 16 SNAP RING Figure 7 28 Brake Master Cylinder Assembly 215 1 VALVE BODY 2 FITTING 3 SPRING 4 VALVE 5 O RING 6 NUT 7 WASHER 8 BUSHING 9 SPRING 10 O RING 11 O RING 12 O RING 1...

Страница 477: ...NOTE ITIS IMPORTANT THATCENTER LINE ACCURACY BEUSEDWHENLOCATING HOLESFORINSTALLATION OF BUSHING SIGHTSLOTANDELONGATED HOLE 705 SEE SCRIBELINES AS SHOWN 24 71 125 SEENOTE SEENOTE 8 50 1 062 875 1 75 1...

Страница 478: ...ool Main Gear Side Brace Link Travel PIPERCHEYENE SERVICEMANUAL 1096 1 0 12 063 1 0 ROSETTE WELDTO SECURE BUSHING 2 REQ NOTE ITIS IMPORTANT THATCENTERLINE ACCURACY BE USEDWHENLOCATING HOLESFORINSTALLA...

Страница 479: ...IPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL TOP SIDE MATERIAL HARDWOOD 1 10X 1 X 11 56 NOTE MARKLARGE END FORWARD Figure 7 32 Fabricated Tool Main Gear Toe In Adjustment LANDINGGEARANDBRAKESYSTEM Reissued 2 6 81 2H23...

Страница 480: ...aksin power pack Solenoidvalvestuckin closedposition Check priority valve cracking pressure Turn off power and hand pumpdoors open Microswitchon power pack out of adjustment Checkfor bent bracket or l...

Страница 481: ...n transit Circuitbreakerout Indicator lightburned out Checkcircuit breaker Replaceindicator light Circuitwirebroken Checkwiring No green light on panel whengearsare down Circuitbreakerout Indicatorlig...

Страница 482: ...ydamp ener Replacenecessaryparts and bolts Tire out of balance Worn or loose wheel bearings Worntorque linkbolts and or bushings Checkbalanceand replacetire if neces sary Replace and or adjust wheel b...

Страница 483: ...n wear on maintires Nosegearfailsto steer properly Incorrectoperating pressure Oleocylinderbindingin strut housing Inflatetire to correct pressure Lubricatestrut hous ing One brake dragging Steeringar...

Страница 484: ...PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL 1165A 1165B 11556C 1091 21 Figure 7 33 Nose Gear Wear Limits Reissued 2 6 81 LANDINGGEARANDBRAKESYSTEM 214...

Страница 485: ...Bushing Upper Drag Link L R Both ends Bolt Drag Link Top L R Bushing Drag Link Plate L R Bushing Nose Gear Idler Top PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Min Max Service Service Mfg Dimension Limit Limit 562...

Страница 486: ...linder Torque Link Attachment Bearing OleoStrut Lower Bearing Oleo Strut Upper Cylinder Assembly Cylinder Bore Mfg Dimension 2490 0000 0030 2510 0010 0000 2492 0000 0005 3120 0010 0000 3117 0000 0005...

Страница 487: ...1093A 15 19 22 25 26 1092B 24 10938 14 Figure7 34 Main Gear Wear Limits Reissued 2 6 81 LANDING GEAR AND BRAKE SYSTEM PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 217...

Страница 488: ...4990 0000 Bolt Side Brace Lug 4991 0000 4981 0005 Bushing Side Brace Lower 5000 0015 5000 Link Applies to both ends 0000 of link Bolt Side BraceJoint 4991 0000 4981 0005 Bushing L R Side Brace 5000 00...

Страница 489: ...e used to reduce play Bushing Fork Torque Link Attachment Mfg Dimension 5000 0015 0000 1 1250 0015 0000 1 1245 0000 0010 3740 0020 0000 3742 0000 0005 3750 0015 0000 4375 0015 0000 4370 0000 0040 3740...

Страница 490: ...ink to Fork 3742 0000 0005 3732 3742 Bearing Oleo Strut Bottom 2 7500 0020 0000 2 7500 2 7530 13 40247 00 Bearing Oleo Strut Top 3 2480 0000 Chrome 3 2480 0020 Plate Worn Thru 3 40327 00 Housing Assem...

Страница 491: ...r Exhaust Door 2123 8 15 Removal of Oil Cooler Door Transmission 2123 8 16 Cleaning Inspection and Repair of Oil Cooler Door Transmission 2123 8 17 Installation of Oil Cooler Door Transmission 2124 8...

Страница 492: ...gine Interconnect 2J22 8 56 Engine Depreservation 2J22 2J22 8 57 Engine Motoring Run 2J23 8 58 Engine Ground Check and Safety Precautions 2J23 8 59 Engine Idle and Power Adjustments 2J24 8 60 Engine G...

Страница 493: ...2L7 8 93 BleedAir System 2L7 8 94 General 2L7 8 95 EngineIndicatingSystem 2L7 8 96 TorquePressureIndicatingSystem 2L7 8 97 General 2L7 8 99 Calibration 2L8 8 99a CheyenneIATorqueIndicatingCheck 2L10...

Страница 494: ...r neck and quantity dipstick The air inlet ice deflector door is an integral part of the lower cowl assembly A compressor wash ring is offered as optional equipment When installed routine compressor w...

Страница 495: ...thru 8104073incl Disconnect the wire leads from the limit switches 3 and the deicer boot 5 e Remove the fasteners connecting the intercooler air inlet duct to the lower cowl CAUTION To insure against...

Страница 496: ...e Securethe stripassemblies 6 and 8 andlouverassembly 9 f Checkthe cowlingand attachmenthardwarefor security 8 8 ENGINEAIR INLETICEPROTECTION SYSTEM 8 9 REMOVALOF ICE DEFLECTORDOORTRANSMISSION Refer t...

Страница 497: ...t the ice door and trans mission are in the closed position a Position the transmission assembly on the fire wall mounting bracket and secure with the proper attachment hardware Allow the transmission...

Страница 498: ...f the actuator Do not adjust the limit switch unless it is absolutely necessary NOTE If the limit switch must be adjusted take care not to exceed the stop pin on the actuator assembly Resafety wire th...

Страница 499: ...igging of tube assembly 15 In the full closed icing position locatethe forwardvane restrainttube assemblywith the clevis towardstheaft endofthe cowland theassemblyon thesideoppositetheactuator 16 Move...

Страница 500: ...EQ 13 TRANSMISSION SLEEVE PIPERCHEYENE SERVICE MANUAL 14 FIREWALL 15 BOLT ASSEMBLY TRANSMISSION MOUNTING 16 MOTOR TRANSMISSION 17 ROD 18 TORQUE TUBE ASSEMBLY 19 BYPASS DOOR 20 ROD ASSEMBLY 21 PIN 22 B...

Страница 501: ...R FWD TUNNEL 5 AFTDEICEDOOR 6 TURNINGVANVE 7 UPPER STOP ANGLE 8 MECHANICAL STOPS VIEW A A Figure 8 2a Air Inlet Ice Protection System SN 31T 8304001 and up Added 4 25 83 POWER PLANT 2121 PA 31T and PA...

Страница 502: ...467 28V 4 4 ACTUATOR 28V ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR TOMATE WITHACTUATOR ASSEMBLY TEST SWITCH SEE DETAIL B PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL DETAIL A RIGGING GAUGE DETAIL Figure 8 2b Special Equipment for Rigging...

Страница 503: ...sionrod e Disconnect the transmissionfrom the fire wall mounting bracket and remove the complete assemblyfrom theaircraft 8 16 CLEANING INSPECTION ANDREPAIROF OILCOOLERDOORTRANSMISSION a Removeaccessp...

Страница 504: ...ansmissionrod so the oil cooler door is flush with the bottom of the nacellein the fully closedposition b Adjust the set screw on the oil cooler door to activatethe limit switchjust before the door is...

Страница 505: ...he next time Apply grease through the jerk fitting until fresh grease appears at the hole of the fitting removed Care should be taken to avoid blowing out hub gaskets CAUTION Do not attempt to rotate...

Страница 506: ...7 SLIP RING ASSEMBLY DEICER 8 O RING 9 ENGINE MOUNTING FLANGE 10 BOLT 11 SPINNERBULKHEAD 12 FEEDBACK RING 13 REVERSINGLEVER 14 CARBON BLOCK ASSEMBLY 15 BRUSH BLOCK ASSEMBLY PROP DEICER Tightening Sequ...

Страница 507: ...e feedbackring RefertoFigure8 9 NOTE Check this clearanceby holding the carbon block againstone face of the feedback ring Usefine sandpaperon the block to obtain this clearance Ascertain that the bloc...

Страница 508: ...aceProducts 1635West 12th Street Erie Pennsylvania 16514 g Rotate the propeller slowly and check the run out of the feedback ring with a dial indicator Run out must not exceed 010 of an inch total ind...

Страница 509: ...lockwire g Connectand secureelectricalconnectionsto the governor h Connectthe prop pitch control rod to the governorcontrol lever i Checkthe governoradjustmentsper Paragraph8 27 j Reinstallthe engine...

Страница 510: ...m Restart the engineand check the reversepower setting 8 28 PROPELLEROVERSPEEDGOVERNOR 8 29 REMOVALOFPROPELLEROVERSPEEDGOVERNOR a Removethe engine cowling b Disconnectthe electricalleadsfromthe oversp...

Страница 511: ...0 h Disconnectall fluid hoses clamps and electrical leadsattached to the engineand enginemount from the fire wall Disconnect the freon compressorlines right engine only and remove the compressor and c...

Страница 512: ...reasedoil consumption r Movethe engineawayfrom the aircraftand placeon a suitablestand s Remove the accessoriesand equipment to be installedon the new engine and tag or identify all itemsremoved to fa...

Страница 513: ...71 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 19 17 1370 4 1 2 27 6 TORQUEALL MOUNT ATTACHMENTS 13TO 16FT LBS LEFT SIDE VIEW Figure 8 6 Engine Installation Typical Revised 2 15 82 2J9 POWER PLANT PA 31T and PA 31T...

Страница 514: ...R PUMP 29 UNION SECTION B B 1 BLEED AIRPRESSURE 2 JETPUMPINLETDUCT 3 OILCOOLER HOSE 4 PROPELLER GOVERNOR AIR PRESSURE LINE Py 5 OILDRIPSHIELD DRAIN 6 STARTER GENERATOR DRAIN 7 HYDRAULIC PUMPDRAIN 8 EN...

Страница 515: ...connect to the propeller control rod e Connect the start control cable to the start control lever arm and attach the cable clamp to the cable support bracket f Connect the power control cable to the f...

Страница 516: ...the pedestal cover 8 41 PROPELLERPITCHCONTROLLEVER The propeller control lever controls propellerpitch and propeller RPMthrough a constant speed governorlocated at the forward top of the enginereduct...

Страница 517: ...rward in the cam slot until the cam just starts to move rearward then move the follower pin forward until the cam stops moving d While holding the track point position insert tool P N 51516 behind the...

Страница 518: ...s 0 6 degreesindicatedon the template Referto Figure8 8 NOTE Initial movementof the fuelcontrol unit input arm from the fully counterclockwiseposition is free from resistanceuntil a pick up point isre...

Страница 519: ...RVALS 18 PROPELLER GOVERNORAIR PRESSURETUBE Py 19 PUSHPULLCONTROLWIREROPE 20 CENTERFIRESEAL MOUNT RING 21 LOW PITCHSTOPADJUSTER 22 PROPELLER GOVERNORINTER CONNECTROD 23 PROPELLER SPEEDSELECTLEVER MAX...

Страница 520: ...PA 31T1 1701 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 25 24 SEE NOTE 3 SEE SKETCH E 4 Figure 8 8 Engine Controls cont Reissued 2 6 81 POWER PLANT PA 31T and PA 31TI 2J16...

Страница 521: ...ARM 40 SEE Referto throttle controlarm NOTE1 identificationarea DIMENSION 812 No marking 197 between hole DIMENSION 750 2 stampd 1 75 betweenholes DIMENSION 1 437 SKETCHB SKETCHC SKETCH D SKETCH E Fig...

Страница 522: ...I I II I I SKETCH F PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL 75 1 00 THROTTLECONTROL CABLE PRESSURIZATION SEALER REFERTOSECTION IV Figure8 8 EngineControls cont POWER PLANT PA 31T andPA 31T1 Reissued 2 6 81 2J18...

Страница 523: ...he low pitch stop adjusterandjam nut Loosenthe jam nut and whileholding the barrel nut turn the barrel in or out to adjust the piston flush withthe cap nut Remember to keep checkingflush fit whilehold...

Страница 524: ...ADJUSTMENT Refer to Figure 8 8 The propeller reverse switch 39 is mounted on the rear propellerreverselinkageandis actuated by movementof the propeller control cam 14 in the reversedirection Adjustthe...

Страница 525: ...nstallation using the following procedure Referto Figure8 8 1 Set throttle to idle and lock cam box similarto method for setting track point do not disturb enginerigging 2 Usingcalipersmeasurethe dist...

Страница 526: ...rument reading 8 56 ENGINE DEPRESERVATION After completion of a new engine installation and before the first engine start the following procedure should be followed to clear the engine a Fill the engi...

Страница 527: ...Setthe starting control leverat CUTOFF c MasterswitchON to supplyelectricalpowerto starter d Fuel shutoff valveON e Fuelboost pump switchON to providelubricationfor enginedrivenfuel pumpingelements f...

Страница 528: ...lows 1 Movethe power leverstowardreverseuntil the low pitch Beta lightscomeon 2 Push down and hold the lock pitch test switcheswhilecontinuingto movethe power levers toward reverse The prop should not...

Страница 529: ...e forward dead band on the fuel control unit interconnect rod Referto Figure8 8 Shortening the rod willdecreasethe amount of dead band b 2000RPMTORQUE SETTING The 2000rpmtorque settingisadjusted using...

Страница 530: ...uster slowly turn the barrel in or out to obtain the desired torque setting CAUTION Turning the barrel out will increase torque and turning the barrel in will decrease the torque DO NOT turn the barre...

Страница 531: ...wo separateadjustments minimum governingspeed and minimum fuel flow The minimum governingspeed adjustment controls engine idle at pressurealtitudes from sea levelto approximately3500 feet at whichthe...

Страница 532: ...require the readjustment of the fuel control unit interconnectrod refer to Figure8 8 Referto Paragraph 8 44 Step f for adjustmentof armand Step g for adjustmentof the interconnectrod 3 Repeat Steps 1a...

Страница 533: ...que For nominalsetting refer to Figure8 8 Sketch A dimensionB 6 Securethe jam nut on the reversestop after the adjustment is complete g MAXIMUMPROPELLER SPEED The maximum propeller speed is 2200 rpm A...

Страница 534: ...Ng GOVERNING SPEED TOOL P N 51517 1 2 ACCELERATION ADJUSTMENT 3 MIN FLOW ADJUSTMENT NOT FIELD ADJUSTABLE 4 PART POWER TRIM STOP 5 MAX Ng SPEED ADJUSTMENT 6 METERING SLEEVE PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICEMANUA...

Страница 535: ...VER 4 IDLESPEED ADJUSTING SCREW TOOL P N 51517 5 MAXIMUMSPEED ADJUSTMENT 6 Px PRESSURE PORT 7 CUTOFF LEVER 8 FUEL INLET 9 FUEL OUTLET 10 METERING VALVEMINIMUM FLOW STOP NOT FOR FIELDADJUSTMENT 11 P2 P...

Страница 536: ...er turbine temperatureor a torque limit To overcome this the part power trim stop is provided The stop is a movable spacer placed between gas generator maximum speed Ng stop and power leveranvilandrep...

Страница 537: ...tio and inter turbine temperature for the prevailingambient conditions d Withthesevaluesestablished proceed withengineperformancecheck NOTE This check must be carried out withzero powerextraction blee...

Страница 538: ...t do not dis connect bleed air d Start the engine and run at idle rpm for 5 minutes to allow temperatures to stabilize e Set propellercontrol leverto give2200rpm withpower leverset to givetorque setti...

Страница 539: ...EALTITUDE OUTSIDE AIR TEMP ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS FORWARD DEAD BAND 2000 RPMTORQUE SETTING ITT IDLE SPEED Ng REVERSE DEAD BAND REVERSE MAXIMUM POWER MAXIMUM PROPELLER SPEED LEFT ENGINE IN FT LB IN RPM FT...

Страница 540: ...E 15 to 35 psi DATE MAX PROPELLER SPEED 2200 RPM PRESSUREALTITUDE OUTSIDE AIR TEMP ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS FORWARD DEAD BAND 2000 RPMTORQUE SETTING ITT IDLE SPEED Ng REVERSE DEAD BAND REVERSEMAXIMUM POWER...

Страница 541: ...PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL PRESSUREALTITUDE FT PROP TORQUE AT 2000 RPM LB FT Chart 8 3 2000 RPM Torque Curve Reissued 2 6 81 2K13 POWER PLANT PA 31T and PA 31TI...

Страница 542: ...370 350 OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE C OUTSIDEAIR TEMPERATURE C PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 55 Chart 8 4 Fuel Flow PA 31TOnly Reissued 2 6 81 POWER PLANT PA 31T and PA 31TI 2K14...

Страница 543: ...1 05 1 03 w 1 01 99 97 97 95 PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 40 10 20 OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE C Chart 8 5 Gas Generator Speed Data Plate Speed PA 31T Only Reissued 2 6 81 2K15 POWER PLANT PA 31T and PA...

Страница 544: ...800 PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL I I Chart 8 6 Inter Turbine Temperature PA 31T Only Reissued 2 6 81 2K16 POWER PLANT PA 31T and PA 31T1...

Страница 545: ...PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL PRESSURE ALTITUDE FT Chart 8 7 Torque PA 31T Only Reissued 2 6 81 POWER PLANT PA 31T and PA 31T1 2K17...

Страница 546: ...AL EXAMPLE DATA PLATE SPEED DPS PER ENGINE PLATE 97 5 OBSERVED GAS GENERATOR SPEED Na 918 OBSERVED GAS GENERATOR SPEED Ng 2 Chart 8 8 Data Plate Speed Ratio Curve PA 31T Only Reissued 2 6 81 POWER PLA...

Страница 547: ...EYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 3233 32U 400 350 300 250 50 60 50 60 200 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 OAT C 105 100 95 T1 Only 90 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 65 OAT C Added 2 15 82 2K19 POWER PLANT PA 31T and...

Страница 548: ...1200 1100 1000 900 800 700 600 500 PIPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL 3234 3231 400 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 65 OAT C 8 12 Torque PA 31T1 Only Added 2 15 82 2K20 POWER PLANT PA 31T and PA 31T1...

Страница 549: ...from the bonded rubber parts Wash unbonded parts in dry cleaning solvent federal specification number PS 661 or equivalent 8 65 REPLACEMENT OF SHOCK MOUNTS Refer to Figure 8 6 The engine shock mounts...

Страница 550: ...viceor beingreturnedfor overhaul shouldbe preservedandpackagedusingthefollowingprocedure NOTE Do not permitfuel or oil to enter the drivebodycavityor any air pressure port a Drain all residual fuel fr...

Страница 551: ...MAINTENANCE The P3 filter is an inline type filter located in the Px linejust aft of the rear fire seal Refer to Figure 8 6 Item 15 The filter should be removed and inspected for contamination at 100...

Страница 552: ...ving plug 11 b Fill the tank 1 approximately3 4full with cleanfuel andclose the fillervalve 6 and replacethe plug 11 c Install a fuelnozzlewith or withoutits adapterusinga mountingbracketif desired Re...

Страница 553: ...l scavenger system is to collect residual fuel after engine shutdown and return the fuel to the nacelle fuel tank during engine start The system consists of a solenoid valve a jet type pump with an in...

Страница 554: ...R CHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL NOTE CAUTION THE TEST RIG MUST BE GROUNDED TO PREVENT POSSIBLE DANGER OF ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE Figure8 12 Fuel ManifoldTest Rig Reissued 2 6 81 2L2 POWER PLANT PA 31Tand PA 3...

Страница 555: ...is capable of killingif improperly handled 8 82 CHECKINGIGNITIONSYSTEM A common causeof ignitionproblems is the low battery Before inspecting the ignition system try a normal start with a auxiliary p...

Страница 556: ...tart or if the ignitionis NOT firing securethe engineusingnormal proceduresand performthe following 1 Remove the electrical plug from the primary end of the exciter box and with a Volt Ohmmeter check...

Страница 557: ...nsulatorbroken crackedor loose 2 Input connectorpinnoticeably damagedor bent 3 Centerelectrode badlyburned broken or pitted 4 Flange and metal shieldof firing end is bent groovedor eroded Matingsurfac...

Страница 558: ...rform an engine motoring run per Paragraph 8 57 to check for oil leaks f Recheck the oil level and fill as required g Install the access panels on the nacelle h Install the engine cowling 8 91 OIL FIL...

Страница 559: ...ever comes first With the filter removed clean the element in accordance with instructions found in Pratt and Whitney Engine Maintenance Manual 8 93 BLEED AIR SYSTEM 8 94 GENERAL The engine has three...

Страница 560: ...can be calibrated by the low and highadjustments behind the gauge The transmitter P N 29287 02used on later modelsrequires no adjustments Proceedto calibrate the torque indicatingsystem on later model...

Страница 561: ...LBS 31T 31T1 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 FT LBS TOLERANCE PA 31T PA 31TI 25 25 25 25 25 20 15 10 5 10 15 15 15 15 15 10 15 20 25 25 25 25 25 25...

Страница 562: ...dpressure test unit to the high pressure port on the transducer Do not remove the vent line from the transducer 3 Attach a 28 VDC power sourceto the aircraft external power receptacle 4 Ensure that th...

Страница 563: ...eter systemtransducer 1 Disconnectthe hosefrom the highpressurefittingon the transducer and connectthe Barfield pressure test unit to the fitting 2 Disconnectthe electricalconnector from the transduce...

Страница 564: ...0 350 357 700 714 1 050 1 071 1 402 1 428 1 752 1 785 2 103 2 143 Ft Lb Display Display Tolerance 0 150 153 300 306 450 459 600 611 750 764 900 917 6 6 6 6 5 5 4 4 3 3 3 3 Nominal Voltage IN on Pin C...

Страница 565: ...VI CHEYENNE IA TORQUEMETER TRANSDUCER PRESSURE TEST SPECIFICATIONS Voltage in on Pin A of transducer must be 24to 30 volts with 25 volts nominal PSIG Oil Pres IN 0 Voltage OUT PSIG Oil Pres IN 5 10 1...

Страница 566: ...minal to ground minimum acceptable resistance is 5000 ohms Refer to Figure 8 18 c Check the resistance of the aircraft harness with the engine harness disconnected and the red and yellow wires tempora...

Страница 567: ...HOLE 4 METER TERMINAL Figure 8 17 T5 Thermocouple Harness Loop ResistanceCheck 1 BARFIELD METER 2 CHROMEL TERMINAL SMALL HOLE 3 BARFIELD TERMINAL TO GROUND 4 ALUMEL TERMINAL LARGE HOLE Figure 8 18 T5...

Страница 568: ...mountingpad to preventforeignmaterial fromenteringthe engine PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL d e lubricant f g To reinstallthe generatorunit placea newgasketon the mounting pad Lubricate the generator u...

Страница 569: ...neyAircraftof Canada Limited in orderto maintain efficientengineperformance This is not a mandatoryprocedure but is highly recommendedby Prattand WhitneyandPiperAircraftCorporation Copiesof the proced...

Страница 570: ...eckfor flow frompump whilemotoring engine If no flow replacepump Checkfor flowfromFCU outlet tube to starting flow control while motoring engine If no flow removeFCU check bypassvalveby applying 5 psi...

Страница 571: ...m Checkall connections for leakage Checkfor dirt inPx metering orifice Refer to En gineMaintenanceManual for cleaninginstructions Defective fuel control unit Replacefuel control unit Enginedoes not de...

Страница 572: ...besfor re strictions andconnections for leakage Check adjustments settings Refer to Paragraph 8 59 Replacefuel control unit Cleanand checknozzles Refer to EngineMain tenanceManual Excessive vibration...

Страница 573: ...aceas required Checksystemandclean cooler if required Replaceengine Excessive oil con sumption Leakageor restriction in pressureor scavenger oil tubes Visuallyinspectall tubes and connections Repair a...

Страница 574: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL GRIDS 2L22THRU 2L24 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 2L22...

Страница 575: ...SERVICE MANUAL CARD 3OF8 PA 31T CHEYENNE PA 31T CHEYENNE II PA 31T1 CHEYENNE I PA 31T1 CHEYENNE IA PA 31T2 CHEYENNE IIXL PIPER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION JULY 2 1984 PART NUMBER 753 826 3A1 INTERIM REVISIO...

Страница 576: ...umber is vertical line reference per card Example 2J16 Aerofiche card number two of given set Grid location J16 To aid in locating the various chapters and related service informationdesired the follo...

Страница 577: ...4 July 2 1984 February 20 1986 April 30 1986 August 21 1986 June 15 1988 March 13 1990 October 19 1994 March 20 1995 October 15 1997 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1 Only 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8...

Страница 578: ...1TAND PA 31T1 2111 AEROFICHECARDNO 3 VIIIA POWERPLANT PA 31T2 3A8 IX FUELSYSTEM 3D7 X INSTRUMENTS 3F2 AEROFICHECARDNO 4 XI ELECTRICALSYSTEM 4A7 AEROFICHE CARDNO 5 XII ELECTRONICS 5A9 XIII ENVIRONMENTA...

Страница 579: ...3C24 8A 17 Inter Turbine Temperature Calibration Check 3D1 9 1 Fuel SystemSchematic PA 31Tand PA 31T2 3D10 9 2 Fuel SystemSchematic PA 31T1Only 3D12 9 3 Tip Tank Installation 3D13 9 4 Fuel Cell Instal...

Страница 580: ...stem 3F20 X II Airspeed Indicator 3F21 X III Altimeter 3F22 X IV Rate of Climb Indicator 3F23 X V Magnetic Compass 3F24 X VI Pneumatic System Pressure Gauge 3G X VII Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Wet Dire...

Страница 581: ...rid No 8A 1 Ground Adjustment Check Sheet 3C4 8A 2 Fuel Flow PA 31T2 3C5 8A 3 Gas Generator Speed PA 31T2 3C5 8A 4 Torque PA 31T2 3C5 8A 5 Inter TurbineTemperature PA 31T2 3C6 8A 6 1700 RPM Torque Set...

Страница 582: ...f Oil Cooler Door Transmission 8A 17 Installation of Oil Cooler Door Transmission 8A 18 Adjustment of Oil Cooler Door 8A 19 Propeller 8A 20 Removal of Propeller 8A 21 Cleaning Inspection and Repair of...

Страница 583: ...stment of Power Control Airframe to Engine Interconnect 3B 16 8A 56 Engine Depreservation 3B16 8A 57 Engine Motoring Run 3B 7 17 8A 58 Engine Ground Check and Safety Precautions 3B 17 8A 59 Engine Idl...

Страница 584: ...ing Procedures for Cleanable Filter Elements 3C20 8A 92 Bleed Air System 3C20 8A 93 General 3C20 8A 94 Engine Indicating Systems 3C2 8A 95 Digital Analog Torque Indicating System 3C21 8A 96 General 3C...

Страница 585: ...ler neck and quantity dipstick The air inlet ice deflector door is an integral part of the lower cowl assembly A compressor wash ring is offered as optional equipment When installed routine compressor...

Страница 586: ...r cowl remove the access plate 12 and disconnect the rod 2 from the ice deflector door Disconnect the wire leads from the limit switches 3 and the deicer boot 5 e Remove the fasteners connecting the i...

Страница 587: ...the strip assemblies 6 and 8 and louver assembly 9 f Check the cowling and attachment hardware for security 8A 8 ENGINE AIR INLET ICE PROTECTION SYSTEM 8A 9 REMOVAL OF ICE DEFLECTOR DOOR TRANSMISSION...

Страница 588: ...ission and in the closed position a Position the transmission assembly on the fire wall mounting bracket and secure with the proper attachment hardware Allow the transmission to rotate on its mounting...

Страница 589: ...ICE DUMP DOOR 12 ARM ASSEMBLY 2 REQ 13 TRANSMISSION SLEEVE 14 FIREWALL IS BOLT ASSEMBLY TRANSMISSION MOUNTING 16 MOTOR TRANSMISSION 17 ROD II TORQUE TUBE ASSEMBLY 19 BYPASS DOOR 20 ROD ASSEMBLY 21 PI...

Страница 590: ...t the transmission rod from the oil cooler door and remove the sleeve jam nut spnng spacer and seal from the transmission rod e Disconnect the transmission from the fire wall mounting bracket and remo...

Страница 591: ...ansmission rod so the oil cooler door is flush with the bottom of the nacelle in the fully closed position b Adjust the set screw on the oil cooler door to activate the limit switch just before the do...

Страница 592: ...the zerk fitting until fresh grease appears at the hole of the fitting removed Care should be taken to avoid blowing out hub gaskets CAUTION Do not attempt to rotate the propeller blades using blade...

Страница 593: ...B 3339 MOUNTING BOLTS Figure8A 4 Propeller Installation Revised 1 5 84 POWER PLANT FOR PROPELLERS WHICH USE 8 3339 MOUNTING Figure 8A 4 Propeller Installation Revised 1 5 84 POWER PLANT PA 31T2 PIPER...

Страница 594: ...on block against one face of the feedback ring Use fine sandpaper on the block to obtain this clearance Ascertain that the block is free to rotate in the reversing lever Refer to Figure 8 9 EXAGGERATE...

Страница 595: ...itney Aircraft of Canada Limited Box 10 Longueuil Quebec Canada PA 31T2 Engine Mounting Systems Address Lord Aerospace Products 1635 West 12thStreet Erie Pennsylvania 16514 Lord Bulletin No SM 6304 g...

Страница 596: ...to 100 inch pounds and lockwire g Connect and secure electrical connections to the governor h Connect the prop pitch control rod to the governor control lever i Check the governor adjustments per Para...

Страница 597: ...ct rod 22 of Figure 8A 8 m Restart the engine and check the reverse power setting 8A 28 PROPELLER OVERSPEED GOVERNOR 8A 29 REMOVAL OF PROPELLER OVERSPEED GOVERNOR a Remove the engine cowling b Disconn...

Страница 598: ...ove the propeller per Paragraph 8A 20 h Disconnect all fluid hoses clamps and electrical leads attached to the engine and engine mount from the fire wall NOTE In some manner identify disconnected item...

Страница 599: ...l consumption r Move the engine awat from the aircraft and place on a suitable stand s Remove the accessories and equipment to be installed on the new engine and tag or identify all items removed to f...

Страница 600: ...3B2 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK...

Страница 601: ...ENTS 13 TO 16 FT LBS PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1371 RIGHT SIDEVIEW 1370 4 2 27 6 TORQUEALL MOUNT ATTACHMENTS 13TO 16 FT LBS 8 LEFT SIDEVIEW Figure 8A 6 Engine Installation Typical Revised 2 15 82...

Страница 602: ...YDRAUUC PUMPDRAIN 8 ENGINE MOUNTASSEMBLY 9 OILDRAIN 10 STARTCONTROL DRAIN 11 FUEL CONTROL DRAIN 12 SOLENOID VALVE 13 BREATHER LINE 14 P3 LINE 15 P3 FILTER 16 DRAINLINE 17 TORQUE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER 1...

Страница 603: ...ropeller controls Refer to Paragraph 8A 38 i Reinstall the fire extinguisher system if previously installed WARNING Use extreme caution when working with the fire extinguisher accidental discharge may...

Страница 604: ...gh a constant speed governor located at the forward top of the engine reduction gear box 8A 42 RIGGING PROPELLER PITCH CONTROL LEVER a Adjust the pitch control lever so the governor control arm has co...

Страница 605: ...rearward in the cam slot until the cam Just starts to move rearward then move the follower pin forward until the cam stops moving d While holding the track point position insert tool P N 51516 behind...

Страница 606: ...5 degrees 0 6 degrees indicated on the template Refer to Figure 8A 8 NOTE Initial movement of the fuel control unit input arm from the fully counterclockwise position is free from resistance until a p...

Страница 607: ...3B9 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK...

Страница 608: ...PELLER CONTROL CAMREVERSING LEVER 15 CLEVIS 37 TOOL LOCATEDPIN P N 19 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL LEVER RM 42 SEAL NUT 43 CONTROLSHAFT 44 BETA STOP 45 JAM NUT 45A WASHER 46 WASHER BOLT 47 CONTROLPIV...

Страница 609: ...control arm NOTE identification area 812 No marking 1 97 between hole DIMENSION 750 2 stamped 1 75 btween holes POWER LEVER ARM ID E NTIFICATION AREA DIMENSION 1 437 525 SKETCH B SKETCH C FWD 603 31 S...

Страница 610: ...PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL 529 75 ROLE CONTROL CA 00 THROTTLE CONTROL CABLE PRESSURIZATION SEALER REFER TO SECTION IV SKETCH F Figure 8A 8 Engine Controls cont Reissued 2 6 81 POWER PLANT PA 31T2 3B12...

Страница 611: ...safety wire on the low pitch stop adjuster and jam nut Loosen the jam nut and while holding the barrel nut turn the barrel in or out to adjust the piston flush with the cap nut Remember to keep check...

Страница 612: ...safety 8A 50 RIGGING THE PUSH PULL CABLE TO CAM BOX Refer to Figure 8A 8 NOTE Cam box must be held at track point a While holding forward pressure on the reversing linkage attach the clevis 15 at the...

Страница 613: ...on using the following procedure Refer to Figure 8A 8 I Set throttle to idle and lock cam box similar to method for setting track point do not disturb engine rigging 2 Using calipers measure the dista...

Страница 614: ...r completion of a new engine installation and before the first engine start the following procedure should be followed to clear the engine a Fill the engine oil tank with the recommended oil Refer to...

Страница 615: ...et the starting control lever at CUTOFF c Master switch ON to supply electrical power to starter d Fuel shutoff valve ON e Fuel boost pump switch ON to provide lubrication for engine driven fuel pumpi...

Страница 616: ...oil level Refill if necessary to proper level 1 quart below the full mark f Restart the engine g Check the secondary low pitch stop operation as follows 1 Move the power levers toward reverse until t...

Страница 617: ...ing the 1700 rpm torque setting 1 Accurately record the stabilized outside air temperature in degrees Centigrade and set the altimeter window to 29 92 and record the pressure altitude 2 Start the engi...

Страница 618: ...y be necessary to readjust the interconnect rod Refer to Paragraph 8A 49 f To insure that no movement was transferred through the wire rope to the cambox check the clevis pin fit with the cam at track...

Страница 619: ...ate adjustments minimum governing speed and minimum fuel flow The minimum governing speed adjustment controls engine idle at pressure altitudes from sea level to approximately 3500 feet at which the f...

Страница 620: ...4 Step f for adjustment of arm and Step g for adjustment of the interconnect rod 3 Repeat Steps I and 2 as required to insure power lever alignment NOTE If alignment of the power levers cannot be main...

Страница 621: ...n engine power One flat on the reverse power stop equals a 25 foot pound increase in torque For nominal setting refer to Figure 8A 8 Sketch A dimension B 6 Secure the jam nut on the reverse stop after...

Страница 622: ...DLE SPEEDSET MIN Ng GOVERNINGSPEED TOOLP N 51517 2 ACCELERATIONADJUSTMENT 3 MIN FLOW ADJUSTMENT NOT FIELDADJUSTABLE 4 PARTPOWERTRIM STOP 5 MAX Ng SPEEDADJUSTMENT 6 METERINGSLEEVE PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICE...

Страница 623: ...n inter turbine temperature or a torque limit To overcome this the part power trim stop is provided The stop is a movable spacer placed between gas generator maximum speed Ng stop and power lever anvi...

Страница 624: ...ne the desired engine performance parameters Determine the engine performance as follows NOTE Engine instruments should be recently calibrated a Obtain and record the ambient air temperature Set the a...

Страница 625: ...NOTE The importance of monitoring the performance of an engine throughout itshistorycannot beoveremphasized The AircraftGas Turbine Operation Information Letter 15 has been devised by Pratt andWhitne...

Страница 626: ...IL TEMP 0 C to 99 C FUEL PRESSURE 15 to 27 PSI DATE MAX PROPELLERSPEED 1900 RPM REVERSEMAX POWER 200 HP MAX GASGENERATOR SPEED 97 1 AMBIENT CONDITIONS PART POWERETRIMSTOP CONTACTED PRESSUREALTITUDE FT...

Страница 627: ...500 103 2000 1500 1000 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 0 OAT C 1220 98 93 GasGeneratorSpeed PA 31T2 88 T 40 OAT C 3229 OAT C Added 2 15 82 3C5 POWER PLANT PA 31T2...

Страница 628: ...3230 Added 2 15 82 3C6 3C6 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 20 30 40 50 60 65 C POWER PLANT PA 31T2...

Страница 629: ...800 700 600...

Страница 630: ...3C8 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK...

Страница 631: ...om the bonded rubber parts Wash unbonded parts in dry cleaning solvent federalspecification number PS 661 or equivalent 8A 64 REPLACEMENT OF SHOCK MOUNTS Refer to Figure 8A 6 The engine shock mounts m...

Страница 632: ...turned for overhaul should be preserved and packaged using the following procedure NOTE Do not permit fuel or oil to enter the drive body cavity or any air pressure port a Drain all residual fuel from...

Страница 633: ...performed after a fuel control unit has been replaced a Idle speed setting refer to Paragraph 8A 59 b Maximum Ng speed referto Paragraph 8A 61 c Fuel control pneumatic system refer to Table VIIIA II...

Страница 634: ...shank of a No 76 drill 020 dia may be used for this purpose If the clearance is less than this value at any point or if the drill could not be passed completely around the nozzle tip determine by sub...

Страница 635: ...stled brush Cleaning must be accomplished while fuel is flowing through the nozzle j Close the pressure regulating valve 5 and allow the pressure gauge to decrease to zero then close valve 20 NOTE It...

Страница 636: ...usly there is not provision for single igniter operation D C power is delivered to the exciter box from the respective engine bus through a series hookup of an ignition selector switch in the engine c...

Страница 637: ...PPLE 25 16 FILTER 10 MICRON ELEMENT 17 NIPPLE 25 18 TEE 19 GAUGE 0 TO 100 PSI 20 VALVE 25 21 NIPPLE 25 22 NIPPLE 25 SEE NOTE 23 PLUG 25 SEE 24 NUT 25 SCREW 26 RETAINING BRACKET STAINLESS STEEL PIPERCH...

Страница 638: ...to 20 seconds prior to proceeding to step a a Turn on battery master switch ignition arm switch and advance the condition lever to run Engine not rotating Listen for spark If spark is audible ignition...

Страница 639: ...will not start or if the ignition is NOT firing secure the engine using normal procedures and perform the following 1 Remove the electrical plug from the primary end of the exciter box and with a Volt...

Страница 640: ...lator broken cracked or loose 2 Input connector pin noticeably damaged or bent 3 Center electrode badly burned broken or pitted 4 Flange and metal shield of firing end is bent grooved or eroded Mating...

Страница 641: ...the oil cooler Install oil cooler drain plug and safety e Perform an engine motoring run per Paragraph 8A 57 to check for oil leaks f Recheck the oil level and fill as required g Install the access p...

Страница 642: ...cleaning of these parts 8A 91 CLEANING PROCEDURES FOR CLEANABLE FILTER ELEMENTS In aircraft with atypical utilization of fifty hours per month or less the element must be cleaned every400hours or 9mon...

Страница 643: ...st unit is set at 0 psi e Activate D C power source f Increase pressure to the transmitter to 50 psi and check reading Readings must remain in the tolerances as specified in Table VIIIA IV g If necess...

Страница 644: ...LE VIIIA IV DIGITAL ANALOG TORQUE CALIBRATION DATA DIGITAL PA 31T2 PS501544 BLANK 176 352 528 704 880 1057 1233 1409 1585 1761 1937 DISPLAY MAX ERROR 0 25 25 25 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 25 ANALOG DISPLAY...

Страница 645: ...inal to ground minimum acceptable resistance is 5000 ohms Refer to Figure 8A 16 c Check the resistance of the aircraft harness with the engine harness disconnected and the red and yellow wires tempora...

Страница 646: ...ER TERMINAL S ALUMEL TERMINAL LARGE HOLE Figure 8A 15 T5 Thermocouple Harness Loop Resistance Check 1 BARFIELD METER 2 CHROMEL TERMINAL SMALL HOLE 3 BARFIELD TERMINAL TO GROUND 4 ALUMEL TERMINAL LARGE...

Страница 647: ...nit Remove the four mounting nuts at the base of the generator Pull the unit straight out and away from the mounting lugs NOTE Cover the tach generator mounting pad to prevent foreign material from en...

Страница 648: ...ney Aircraft of Canada Limited in order to maintain efficient engine performance This is not a mandatory procedure but is highly recommended by Pratt and Whitney and Piper Aircraft Corporation Copies...

Страница 649: ...eck for flow from pump while motoring engine If no flow replace pump Check for flow from FCU outlet tube to starting flow control while motoring engine If no flow remove FCU check bypass valve by appl...

Страница 650: ...Check all connections for leakage Check for dirt in Px metering orifice Refer to En gine Maintenance Manual for cleaning instructions Defective fuel control unit Replace fuel control unit Engine does...

Страница 651: ...tubes for re strictions and connections for leakage Check adjustment settings Refer to Paragraph 8A 59 Replace fuel control unit Clean and check nozzles Refer to Engine Main tenance Manual Excessive v...

Страница 652: ...ed Excessive hot air leakage through faulty heat shielding Replace engine Leakage or restriction in pressure or scavenger oil tubes Visually inspect all tubes and connections Repair as required Oil le...

Страница 653: ...ndling of Repair Materials 3D21 9 15 Repair Procedures of Goodyear Vithane Fuel Cells 3D22 9 16 Repair Limitations of Fuel Cells 3D22 9 17 Repair Patch Heat Cure Method 3D24 9 18 Repair Patch Air Cure...

Страница 654: ...of Submerged Fuel Pumps 3E7 9 39 Repair of LeakingNacelle FuelTank 3E9 9 40 Nacelle and Tip Tank Access Plate Resealing 3E10 9 41 Fuel Gauging System 3E13 9 42 Description and Principle of Operation...

Страница 655: ...valve per wing is used This valve is operated by a push pull control on the fuel control panel in the cockpit The valve is used as an ON OFF valve for the fuel system The only other valve in the syst...

Страница 656: ...DRAIN VALVE FUEL MANIFOLD Figure 9 1 Fuel System Schematic PA 31T and PA 31T2 FUEL SYSTEM Revised 9 23 81 3D10...

Страница 657: ...PRESSURE WARNING SWITCH USED ON MODEL PA 31T WITH SERIAL NUMBERS31T 7820001 AND UP VENT FLOAT VALVE SENDER UNIT LINE VALVE Figure 9 1 Fuel System Schematic PA 31T and PA 31T2 cont THIS SPACE INTENTION...

Страница 658: ...ER 26 PUMP 27 PRESSURERELIEFVALVE 28 FILTER 29 CROSSFEEDVALVE 30 SOLENOIDVALVE 31 FIREWALLSHUTOFF VALVE 32 SOLENOIDVALVE 33 CANISTER 34 CHECKVALVE 35 CHECKVALVE 36 SUBMERGEDFUEL PUMP 37 FUEL QUANTITYS...

Страница 659: ...AIN SPAR 8 SENDER 9 PLATE ATTACHMENT WING REAR SPAR 2 545 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL TORQUEBOLT 50 TO 70 INCH POUNDS 10 FITTING 11 WASHER TORQUEBOLTS 20TO 12 BOSS TORQUE BOLTS 20TO 13 STRAINER ASSE...

Страница 660: ...wing root fairing and fuel cell drain fitting plates from the underside of the wing e By reaching through the nacelle opening remove the bolts from the three flange connections on the nacelle floor t...

Страница 661: ...PPER VALVEATTACHMENT 9 FLAPPER VALVE 20 7 SKETCH A 17 12 15 10 TIE KNOTS 11 WING SKIN 12 CORD 13 RIB ASSEMBLY 14 LOOP ATTACHMENT 15 LINER FUEL CELL 16 BUSHING SNAP 17 KNOT AND WASHER 18 LINE ASSEMBLY...

Страница 662: ...6 OUTER SKIN 7 INNERSKIN 8 DOUBLER 9 SKIN 10 ACCESS COVER 11 SCREW 12 SCREW 13 GASKET 14 FUEL SENDER 15 PLATE FUEL FILLCONNECTOR NOTE C737 5 4 2 SKETCH A SKETCH B SKETCH B SEENOTE INBOARD 5 1 SKETCH F...

Страница 663: ...cells are to be drained of fuel purged with fresh air and swabbed out to remove all traces of fuel Following removal the cells are to be cleaned inside and out with soap and warm water WARNING Use a v...

Страница 664: ...ks Replace o ring if any damage is found If o ring is sound adjust cap per steps a thru d a Unlock and remove cap from adapter plate b Tighten 4 28self locking nut at base of cap turn If castle nut is...

Страница 665: ...ee Paragraph 9 9 b Should the cell be in its shipping container do not remove it until ready for installation c Check to be sure the cell is warm enough to flex Do not use sharp tools such as screwdri...

Страница 666: ...of the fuel cells and the drain line that runs from the inboard end of the main outboard fuel cell to the inboard end of the main inboard cell Refer to Paragraph 9 10 p Connect the two crossover tube...

Страница 667: ...oldest cells first Do not allow stacks to crush bottom boxes Leave cells in boxes until used 4 Storage area must be dry 70 F and free of exposure to sunlight dirt and damage 5 Used cells must becleane...

Страница 668: ...and fabric larger than 25 of an inch in diameter require an outside and an inside patch f Separations between layers or plies larger than 50 inch in diameter require an outside and inside patch Holes...

Страница 669: ...year Part No 2F1 3 37813 GROUP I MATERIALS 80C27 Repair Cement 80C28 Cross Linker Methylethylketone FT 192 Repair Fabric AP368 Manual 8 8 2 2 Pint cans 320 gms in each 14 oz bottles 81 cc in each pint...

Страница 670: ...t of mixed repair cement on the cell wall around the injury and on the contact side of the repair patch Allow to dry for fifteen minutes h Repeat a second mixing of repair cement and brush a second co...

Страница 671: ...oisten the cleaned surface with clean cloth dipped in water Apply alodine 1200 solution undiluted to the affected area with a small nylon brush Allow the solution to dry until a light golden color app...

Страница 672: ...solution to all repaired areas suspected of leakage Bubbles will appear at any point where leakage occurs 4 After testing remove all plates and wipe soap residue from the exterior of the cell b Chemic...

Страница 673: ...line from the aft end of the valve and control cable from the actuator arm on the valve h Disconnect the valve from the mounting bracket and unscrew and remove the valve from the cross fitting 9 25 D...

Страница 674: ...onnect the inlet port of the valve to a 50 psi air source b Close the valve and apply air pressure up to a 50 psi and submerge the valve in kerosene or a similar petroleum base fluid for two minutes c...

Страница 675: ...on regarding engine driven rotary fuel pump filter and screen replacement 9 32 REMOVAL OF FUEL FILTER a Close the fuel shutoff valve b Remove top engine cowl c Disconnect the two main fuel linesfrom t...

Страница 676: ...ASSEMBLY 3 O RING 4 FIRE WALL 5 FILTER ELEMENT 6 O RING 7 BOWL ASSEMBLY S FUEL DRAIN LEVER 9 DRAIN TUBE 10 DRAIN FILTER 11 CLAMP PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1379 Figure 9 9 Fuel Filter FUEL SYSTEM R...

Страница 677: ...access panel underneath copilot s seat d Disconnect clamp from filter e Disconnect the filter at the line connector fittings and remove the filter f Disassemble filter and inspect filter element for...

Страница 678: ...e the check valve e While holding the pump through the cell access opening in the top of the wing have an assistant remove the four pump mounting bolts in the wing root cavity then pull the pump up an...

Страница 679: ...humidity Cure may be hastened by applying heat up to 130 F NOTE Nacelle fuel tanks may be filled with fuel one hour after application of the sealant The cure does not depend upon exposure to air or el...

Страница 680: ...is sealant Avoid all contact of this sealant with your body especially contact with open breaks in the skin Polyethylene mitts should be used and hands washed before eating or smoking 9 40 NACELLE AND...

Страница 681: ...ERGED FUEL PUMPS RIGHT 8 CHECK VALVE 9 CONTROL CABLE 10 LINE ASSEMBLY TO FUEL CONTROL PANEL 11 CONTROL CABLE 12 VALVE ASSEMBLY FUEL CROSSFEED 13 SUBMERGED FUEL PUMPS LEFT 14 VALVE FUEL SHUTOFF LEFT 15...

Страница 682: ...1124 PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL J I STEP 1 STEP 2 STEP 3 STEP 4 STEP 5 STEP 6 STEP 7 Figure 9 12 Fuel Cell Tie Detail Revised 2 20 86 FUEL SYSTEM 3E12...

Страница 683: ...covered separately Install in reverse order of removal I TIP TANK The sensor unit is mounted on the bottom of each tip tank a Remove the fairing between the tip tank and wing b Disconnect the electri...

Страница 684: ...WARNING Use of a hand cranked megger or some other kinds of test equipment CAN CAUSE AN EXPLOSION if used onTANK UNITS OR THEIR WIRING HARNESS when in the presence of fuel or combustible vapors insta...

Страница 685: ...0 Telex 51 8808 Test Sensor Units or Gauge in aircraft or on bench for electrical leak age or capaci tance and cali bration or Test Set 89 108 2 Cheyenne I 11 System Harness Probe Harness 78 125 1 Com...

Страница 686: ...case of indicator under test Resistance must not measure more than 0 2 ohms b Test Setup 1 Adjust the regulated do power supply for 28 0 5 volts and shut off power 2 Connect indicator under test to te...

Страница 687: ...and right tank simulation to value equivalent to full fuel 2 Apply the 28 volt power to the indicator being tested and observe both pointers on the dial indicator There should be no overshoot of the p...

Страница 688: ...UMENT PANEL FUELQUANTITY G H E F C A J TESTCONNECTORS RIGHTWING NOTES 1 CONTINUITYOF HIGH IMPEDANCE SHIELD MUST BE MAINTAINEDTHROUGHOUT SYSTEMWIRING SHIELDMUST NEVERTERMINATE AT AIRFRAMESTRUCTURE 2 AL...

Страница 689: ...CAPACITANCE DRY Unit Location Piper Part No Tank Unit Model Capacitance pF Tolerance pF Tip Tanks Main Inboards Main Outboards Nacelles 50946 03 550 577 50946 04 550 578 50946 05 550 579 50946 02 550...

Страница 690: ...Figure 9 15 Test Cables For Tank Unit Testing For TF 20 Only 563 A A m C DSF980 1 INDICATOR B B UNDERTEST D D E E H H G G MS3106E 18 15 28V DC 28v DC RIGHT LO 2 RIGHT LO Z LEFT HI Z LEFT REG DC POWER...

Страница 691: ...ead zero by turning the proper set screw located on the rear of the gauge marked Empty Right and Left to obtain the zero reading f Add fuel to each wing in increments as indicated in Table IX II Fuel...

Страница 692: ...o dc power to gauge Correct loss of 24Vdc to gauge pin J or ground to pin A Dead gauge even with 24Vdc from J to A Replace Fuel Quantity Indicator Gauge is not dead but does not appear to work Gauge a...

Страница 693: ...ngs Clear vent holes Vent holes in fuel transmitter clogged Fuel valves leak pressure low or pressure surges Low fuel pressure Unidentified leak Worn O rings Obstruction in inlet side of pump Faulty p...

Страница 694: ...due to exposure to heat Defuel aircraft or park in a shaded or cooler location Relief valve in Defuel aircraft and nacelle or float inspectvalves for valvein tip tank condition sticking open or leakin...

Страница 695: ...h the vent system There are two NACA anti icing type vent assemblies installed along the vent line these are non siphoning type which incorporate flame arrestors The tip tank if installed has a vent w...

Страница 696: ...5 Troubleshooting 3F11 10 16 Removal and Replacement 3FI 10 17 Sensitive Altimeter 3F11 10 18 General 3F11 10 19 Troubleshooting 3F11 10 20 Removal and Replacement 3FI 11 10 21 Rate of Climb Indicator...

Страница 697: ...al Gyro 3F13 10 55 General 3F13 10 56 Troubleshooting 3F13 10 57 Removal and Replacement 3F13 10 58 Turn and Bank Indicator 3F13 10 59 General 3F13 10 60 Troubleshooting 3F13 10 61 Adjustment of Turn...

Страница 698: ...00 Tachometer Gas Generator 3F18 10 101 General 3F18 10 102 Troubleshooting 3F18 10 103 Removal and Replacement 3F18 10 104 Engine Hour Recorder 3F18 10 105 General 3F18 10 106 Troubleshooting 3F18 10...

Страница 699: ...of the varioussystems 10 3 INSTRUMENT PANEL The instrumentpanelis arrangedto accommodateflightinstrumentson the left side in front of the pilot engineinstrumentsand electronicequipment in the center A...

Страница 700: ...e control tube 11 Check the general condition of the rubber shock mounts and replace if necessary d Typical removal for a front mounted instrument is as follows 1 Release the instrument by removing th...

Страница 701: ...COMM II 27 NAV I 28 NAV 11 29 TRANSPONDER 30 NAV I OR ADF 31 RADAR 32 KA 37 33 GAUGE ENGINE TORQUE 34 GAUGE ITT 35 GAUGE PROPELLER RPM 36 GAUGE ENGINE RPM 37 GAUGE FUEL FLOW 38 GAUGE FUEL PRESSURE 39...

Страница 702: ...PLUG BUTTON 6 MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY STATICAIR 7 CAP ASSEMBLY 8 HOSE PITOT 9 TUBE PITOT 10 INDICATOR AIRSPEED 11 ALTIMETER 12 INDICATOR RATE OF CLIMB 13 CABIN DIFF PRESSURE ALTITUDE 14 PNEUMATIC PRESSURE...

Страница 703: ...FF PRESSURE AND ALTITUDE 1293 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL NOTE ADVISORY CIRCULAR AC 43 203A DESCRIBES AN ACCEPTABLE MEANS OF COMPLYING WITH STATIC SYSTEM TEST REQUIRED BY FAR PART 91 SECTION 91 170...

Страница 704: ...t the pitot static system for cleanliness condition security and operation per Advisory Circular No AC 43 203A for aircraft operated in controlled airspaceunder IFR conditions Aircraft not operated in...

Страница 705: ...and the short pointer in tens of thousands of feet A barometric pressure window is located on the right side of the indicator dial and is set by the knob located on the lower left corner of the instru...

Страница 706: ...e engine compressor bleed air from the gas generator case The gauge is mounted in the left instrument panel and is calibrated from 0 to 25 psi 10 35 TROUBLESHOOTING Refer to Table X VI 10 36 REMOVAL A...

Страница 707: ...able X IX 10 53 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT Refer to Paragraphs 10 5 and 10 6 10 54 DIRECTIONAL GYRO 10 55 GENERAL The directional gyro is a flight instrument incorporating an electrically driven gyro sta...

Страница 708: ...he engines static by supplying sufficient shop air at 60 to 80 psi to the engine bleed line 2 Disconnect the flexible hose connecting the engine bleed line in either nacelle at the forward end of the...

Страница 709: ...R TO PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM SCHEMATIC SECTION XIIIOR XIIIA 7 1 TURN AND BANK INDICATOR 2 VACUUM INDICATOR 3 VACUUM LINE TO EJECTOR 4 REGULATOR 5 FILTER 6 FRESH AIR TUBE ASSEMBLY 7 TEST PORT 1 4 FLARE 8...

Страница 710: ...ging circuit The ammeters measure the total current flow in the electrical system 10 70 TROUBLESHOOTING Refer to Section XI 10 71 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT Refer to Paragraphs 10 5 and 10 6 10 72 VOLTME...

Страница 711: ...CEMENT Refer to Paragraphs 10 5 and 10 6 10 88 ENGINE TORQUE GAUGE 10 89 GENERAL The engine torque gauge monitors engine torque being produced by the power turbine The torque pressure valve is obtaine...

Страница 712: ...eed of the gas generator by means of a tachometer generator mounted on the accessory gear box case The tachometer generator provides an electric current that is directly proportional to the speed of t...

Страница 713: ...OR DISPLAY 10 117 GENERAL The annunciator system provides audio visual indication as to the malfunction of systems that are essential to the safe operation of the aircraft The system consists of a mas...

Страница 714: ...ead Pointers of static in struments do not indi cate properly Airspeed indicator reads high Low or sluggish airspeed indication Airspeed changes as air craft is banked Leak in instrument case or in pi...

Страница 715: ...Pointer not on zero Check for leak and seal Replace instrument Replace instrument Leaking static system Find leak and correct Instrument reads low Pointer not on zero Replace instrument Leaking static...

Страница 716: ...ation or lack of lubrication Out of engagement Not tight when altimeter was reset Casegasket hardened Eliminate leak in static pressure system and check alignment of airspeed tube Replace instrument R...

Страница 717: ...ll instruments connected to the static line Check individual instruments for leaks Re connect instruments to static line and test in stallation for leaks Defective mechanism Replace instrument Rate of...

Страница 718: ...cessive pivot friction or broken jewel Replace instrument Liquid leakage Loose bezel screws Replace instrument Broken cover glass Defective sealing gaskets Replace instrument Replace instrument Replac...

Страница 719: ...bleed valve fittings and lines Adjust pressure regulator TABLE X VII ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE WET DIRECT READING AND ELECTRIC Trouble Cause Remedy Excessive error at zero Pointer loose on shaft Repl...

Страница 720: ...e line of air and re tighten Trouble Bar fails to respond Bar does not settle Bar oscillates or shimmies continuously TABLE X IX ATTITUDE GYRO ELECTRIC Cause Remedy No electrical circuit Check circuit...

Страница 721: ...ntinuously TABLE X X DIRECTIONAL GYRO ELECTRIC Cause No electrical circuit Check wiring instr Excessivevibration Check Defective instrument Replace Defective mechanism Replace Remedy ck circuit breake...

Страница 722: ...vity adjustment pulls Replace instrument pointer off zero or Gimbal and rotor assembly Replace instrument out of balance Pitted or worn pivots or Replace instrument bearings Flat spot on ball Replace...

Страница 723: ...Meter inoperative or erratic Meterdoes not indicate properly Trouble Fuel gauge fails to indicate Gauge indicates in correctly Cause Remedy Poor electrical connec Check connections and tions tighten...

Страница 724: ...edy Check circuit breaker and wiring Check connections and tighten Replace instrument Replace transmitter Replace fuel control unit and or drive Trouble Instrument fails to show any reading Excessive...

Страница 725: ...ust Refer to Section VIII or VIIIA Gauge fluctuates Propeller feedback ring or low pitch stop rods binding Check feedback ring for run out and rods for free travel Gauges read low Engine torquemeter s...

Страница 726: ...ess and bus bar Repair or replace faulty units Gauge not properly calibrated Replace with a cali brated unit TABLE X XIX TACHOMETER PROPELLER Trouble Cause Remedy Tachometer inoperative or erratic Def...

Страница 727: ...wiring connections Defective sensor unit Check voltage at Pin 17 at instrument connection if none replace sensor unit False indication on an individual annunciator function Individual annunciator func...

Страница 728: ...3G10 THRU 3L24 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK...

Страница 729: ...ICE MANUAL CARD 4OF8 PA 31T CHEYENNE PA 31T CHEYENNE II PA 31T1 CHEYENNE I PA 31T1 CHEYENNE IA PA 31T2 CHEYENNE IIXL PIPER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION JULY 2 1984 PART NUMBER 753 826 4A1 INTERIM REVISION OCT...

Страница 730: ...number is vertical line reference per card Example 2J16 Aerofiche card number two of given set Grid location J16 To aid in locating the various chapters and related service information desired thefol...

Страница 731: ...986 April 30 1986 August 21 1986 June 15 1988 March 13 1990 October 19 1994 March 20 1995 October 15 1997 Aerofiche Card Effectivity 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1 Only 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8...

Страница 732: ...31TAND PA 31T1 2111 AEROFICHECARDNO 3 VIIIA POWERPLANT PA 31T2 3A8 IX FUELSYSTEM 3D7 X INSTRUMENTS 3F2 AEROFICHE CARDNO 4 XI ELECTRICALSYSTEM 4A7 AEROFICHECARDNO 5 XII ELECTRONICS 5A9 XIII ENVIRONMEN...

Страница 733: ...18 Wing Inspection Light 4C21 11 18a Logo Light Assembly Adjustments 4D3 11 19 Door Ajar Switch 4D4 11 20 Stability Augmentation System Layout Diagram 4D13 11 21 S A S Servo Motor 4D17 11 22 S A S Co...

Страница 734: ...Specifications Lear Siegler 4A21 XI II Inspection of Components 4A22 XI III Starter Generator Test Specifications 4B5 XI IV Troubleshooting Chart Starter Generator 4B12 XI V Troubleshooting Chart Elec...

Страница 735: ...ents 11 19 Starter Generator Serxice Test Specifications 11 20 Overhaul 11 21 Disassembly 4A13 4A13 4A13 4A 14 4A15 4A17 4A18 4A18 4A18 4A20 4A20 4A20 4A20 4A21 4A21 4A24 4B2 4B3 4B3 4B3 4B4 4B5 4B5 4...

Страница 736: ...Overvoltage Relay 11 51 Overload Sensor 11 52 Description of Overload Sensor 11 53 Removal of Overload Sensor 11 54 Installation of Overload Sensor 11 55 Electrical Switches and Circuit Breakers 11 5...

Страница 737: ...obe Power Supply Removal of Tip Tank Recognition Light Troubleshooting Wing Strobe and Position Lights Removal of Wing Strobe and Position Light Assemblies Installation of Wing Strobe and Position Lig...

Страница 738: ...all Warning System 11 144 Description and Operation 11 145 Removal of Lift Detector 11 146 Installation of Lift Detector 11 147 Adjustment of Lift Detector 11 148 Stability Augmentation System 11 149...

Страница 739: ...ugmentator Emergency Override System A O A Sensor Vane Potentiometer and Heater Element Checks Replacement of Elevator SAS Down Spring 4E4 4E6 4E7 NOTE Serial Number Identification History for the PA...

Страница 740: ...THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 4A12...

Страница 741: ...ls centralize these functions for efficient service All electrical power distribution switches and circuit breakers are within reach of the pilot within the cockpit environment All Lighting is 24 V D...

Страница 742: ...OUBLESHOOTING Troubles peculiar to the electrical system are listed in Table XI Valong ith their probable cause and suggested remedies The diagrams located at the end of this section will give a physi...

Страница 743: ...l and engine case or alternator or starter ground and expect about 3 milliohms or less 3 3 milliohms is typical for each length of heavy gauge bigger around than a pencil starter or alternator power w...

Страница 744: ...67 F 75 C 25 67 m 23 65 28 70 31 22 1614 14 87 18 05 19 63 10 3 9 62 10 16 25 37 63 100 159 253 403 640 807 1018 1283 492 782 24 22 20 18 64 16 40 14 25 12 16 10 10 8 63 6 40 4 25 2 16 1 12 0 098 00 0...

Страница 745: ...ng solvent such as freon Insure solvent does not contain silicone A non metallic soft bristle brush may be used on the terminals Do not use sandpaper abrasives etc Connectors must be blown absolutely...

Страница 746: ...The switches are located on the over head switch panel Refer to appropriate POH With the Battery Master Switch ON placing the Right and or Left Starter Generator Switch in the START position closes th...

Страница 747: ...21 END BELL 22 RETAINING RING 23 DISC 24 BEARING 25 ARMATURE 26 BEARING RETAINER 27 SCREW 28 BEARING 29 SCREW 30 BRUSH HOLDER 31 NUT 32 WASHER 33 WASHER 34 SPRING 35 SLEEVE 36 INSULATION 37 SUPPORT 38...

Страница 748: ...inals together c When connecting a charger to the battery connect the charger positive lead to the battery positive terminal and the charger negative lead to the battery negative terminal d Never oper...

Страница 749: ...pection reveals that replacement of parts is required k Disassembly of the stator assembl is not required If inspection reveals the stator to be defective replace it 11 11 CLEANING Clean all parts exc...

Страница 750: ...of blade shall not measure less than 0 100 inch from locating shoulder of hub and the back edge of blade shall not measure more than 0 830 inch Replace if beyond repair Magnaflux inspect per MIL I 686...

Страница 751: ...aflux inspect per MIL I 6868 for cracks Replace if defective Inspect for cracks or warpage Replace if defective Repair or replace if liner I D is not within 1 8501 1 8504 inch Replace at each overhaul...

Страница 752: ...ntric with the bearing journals within 0 0005 inch Total Indicator Reading b To undercut the mica turn the commutator in a lathe If the depth of undercut remaining is less than 032 inch the mica betwe...

Страница 753: ...hing the field as in the following procedure CAUTION Do not flash the field while unit is in operation I Disconnect the leads to the external voltage regulator 2 Connect the negative terminal of batte...

Страница 754: ...armature Install retaining ring 22 and make certain that ring engages the groove fully d Support armature in an arbor press then position support with bearing assembled over commutator end of armature...

Страница 755: ...c Inc Maintenance Manual For the most current information refer to these manuals Refer to Section II for address manual and part number CAUTION The selector switch should not be left in the START posi...

Страница 756: ...ions must be observed when servicing the charging circuits Failure to observe these precautions could result in serious damage to the electrical equipment a When installing a battery always make absol...

Страница 757: ...signation A Equalizer terminal designation D Starting terminal designation C on 8013C 11 20 OVERHAUL Whenrepairing the unit complete disassembly may not be required In some cases it will only he neces...

Страница 758: ...and discard washer 38 The fan is now free to be removed and key 42 Refer to Section II Special Tools g To remove the commutator bearing assembly unsafety and remove screws 21 washers 20 and clamp 22...

Страница 759: ...n the carbon dust is located just under the conductor end winding where the holed disc used to pre balance the armature is mounted The carbon dust may be blown out using one of the following methods a...

Страница 760: ...t as accessible as if the starter generator was disassembled the drive end of the rotor and the yoke and field assembly should be blown out whenever possible c If the starter generator is still mounte...

Страница 761: ...retainer band or shaft 2 Check insulation between commutator bars and armature ground c Brushes I Check for cracks chips frayed leads not greased wires are not burnt or unsoldered and their insulatin...

Страница 762: ...e markings made during removal NOTE Apply a light coat of Normaly compound 201 to the internal and external bearing cages g Install clamp 37 and secure it with screws 33 Torque screws 33 to 0 150 m da...

Страница 763: ...ugs 38 in nut recesses to safety it x Install disk 28 on the armature shaft and position it by means of tool P N E3487 Refer to Section II Special Tools y Manually rotate the armature and check that t...

Страница 764: ...7 28 29 30 WASHER KEY SCREW GASKET BALL BEARING WASHER KEY SCREW CLAMP DRIVE SHAFT CIR CLIPS BALLBEARING DISK DAMPER FIBROUS DISK DAMPER DISK DAMPER MOUNTING FLANGE STATOR GENERATOR 31 ARMATUREGENERAT...

Страница 765: ...splines with Normaly compound 201 ah Fit washer 39 spring 40 and begin to screw nut 41 a few threads ai Block drive shaft in order to prevent its rotation by maintaining it with damper disk 26 then t...

Страница 766: ...D 3 3 1 ARMATURE 2 SPRING RECESS 3 DRIVESHAFT 1 WASHER 2 ARMATURE 3 REFERENCE FACE Figure 11 8 Dimension Check of Shaft Drive Sinking Figure 11 9 Locating Washer C224 C 10 MM B DIMENSION REFERTO FIGUR...

Страница 767: ...a Brush Preliminary Seating 1 Cut a 45mm 1 77 inches widestrip of abrasive paper of a length corresponding to a 172mm 6 771 inches new commutator bars 2 Keep brushes 12 in a raised position by means...

Страница 768: ...d set 1 1 to OFF 10 Remove screw l then brush band 2 11 Remove screws 34 washers 35 and then cover 36 12 Inspect every brush and check its running in the contact surface must be 100 in the circumferen...

Страница 769: ...ulty part Replace bearing Replace shaft drive Replace brushes Check brush length and replace them if they are outside tolerance Exaggerated power consumption Partial short circuit of inductor Short ci...

Страница 770: ...must be black b With the voltage regulator connected to the unit operate at 12 000 RPM 30 volts 200 amps until the frame temperature shows no more than 2 F rise in five minutes Record the voltage bet...

Страница 771: ...cing the series start winding with the shunt field winding Through the shunt field winding the GCU can control the field current and in turn control the starter current As the starter motor gains spee...

Страница 772: ...C of at least 0 15 VDC greater than the battery voltage typically 24 or 28 5 VDC sensed by the GCU on pin E the 30volts inon pin J is directed back out on pin H to pull in the right starter generator...

Страница 773: ...coil on the generator at terminal C has been removed along with the heavy gauge wire that fed it Now the generator line contactor also serves as the high current starting contactor With these changes...

Страница 774: ...ONTACTOR R START C B BRIDGE I LINE CONTACTOR IOA POWER FOR GCU CIRCUITS A A FIELD WEAKENINGEXCITATION LIMITS START AT 300 AMPS SHUNT FIELD 2 07 ohms D INTERPOLE STARTCURRENTSENSING 2 4 VDC 300AMPS 47...

Страница 775: ...Figure 11 11a Auto Start Electrical Flow Diagram cont ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 4B23 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL GENERATOR MODE Revised 7 2 84...

Страница 776: ...STEMS Refer to Figure 11 33 The only adjustment permitted to the electrical system is that which is necessary to assure proper paralleling of the two starter generators through their GCU s Adjustment...

Страница 777: ...otate the screw pot clockwise to increase and counterclockwise to decrease generator voltage Reinstall black cap upon completion h If the system could not beadjusted or it was to far out to begin with...

Страница 778: ...ulton Battery Corp Nickel Cadmium Aircraft Battery Maintenance Manual P N 15382 Saft America Inc Operating and Maintenance Manual P N DC 3 01 78 3176 5A or latest revision and Marathon Battery Maratho...

Страница 779: ...ch side of the knob f Close nose cone and secure in place by pushing the locking handle up 11 31 TESTING BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR The following information should be used to check the temperature se...

Страница 780: ...e in flight The low torque switch closes when falling through 400 to 275 ft lbs on a PA 31T and PA 31TI or when falling through 450 to 317 ft lb on a PA 31T2 The torque switch opens again when engine...

Страница 781: ...FUSEHOLDER Figure 11 12 Cell Layout Nickel Cadmium Battery PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL 4C5 Interim Revision 10 15 97 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 782: ...system voltage must remain at 28 5 volts 0 b Turn the left Starter Generator Switch to the off position This will transfer the full electrical load to the right generator and DC control panel System...

Страница 783: ...ide of the left DC control panel and also the right rear mounting screw Loosen the remaining mounting screw and angle the connector end of the unit inboard so the right DC control panel harness connec...

Страница 784: ...tor of the same side as the voltage regulator removed d With both engines operating and an electrical load of approximately 80 amps measure voltages at the following terminal block locations 1 D to G...

Страница 785: ...l the voltage regulator and connect the fuselage harness then remove opposite voltage regulator and repeat steps a thru g CAUTION Do not ground fault point A A1 or Point D Dl at anytime Control panel...

Страница 786: ...or JI Pins D L G 2 Connect one terminal of a lamp 313 to Pin M and the other terminal to the power supply negative A terminal 3 Set the DC power supply to 28 volts the lamp should glow at approximatel...

Страница 787: ...t plug PL I Increase power supply output to 28 0 V D C and note both L C and FIELD light filaments NOTE To properly interpret light bulb indications it must be realized that full brightness is not req...

Страница 788: ...uate MONITOR switch SW 5 to D terminal position p Set D C voltmeter range for 0 2 V D C and DEPRESS AND HOLD SW 1 switch and set potentiometer P l for a reading of 0 18 0 V D C q Release switch SW I f...

Страница 789: ...ight engine down turn off right generator switch and proceed to shorted diode test 11 44c TEST FOR SHORT DIODE a Left engine running at approximately 68 N b Battery master switch on left generator swi...

Страница 790: ...GENERATOR position Battery master switch is in the off position Turn off all bus tie switches e Obtain a voltmeter and set it to 50 volts DC Connect the positive lead of the voltmeter to the output F...

Страница 791: ...ol if it does not test to specifications 11 50 INSTALLATION OF OVERVOLTAGE RELAY a Place the overvoltage relay in place on the electrical accessory shelf and secure with the appropriate screws b Conne...

Страница 792: ...VERHEAD SWITCHES These switches are located on electroluminescent panels mounted in royalite trim panels They are located centrally above the windshield and on the cockpit ceiling The switches are of...

Страница 793: ...r the right engines radio equipment and various electrical systems applying to the right side The circuit breakers are of the manual reset type and must be pushed to be reset after being tripped The s...

Страница 794: ...the assembly and replaced by a new one d Replace in reverse order all items removed in the preceding steps 11 63 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOGGLE SWITCHES The procedures for access to and replaceme...

Страница 795: ...sembly c Release the rovalite cover on the relay shelf by removing the attaching hardware securing it in place The left and right power control relays are the larger pair of relays with the wire harne...

Страница 796: ...imer to determine correct installation and operation See Section XIV paragraph titled Timer Test d Install the access plate and secure with the screw type fasteners 11 75 LANDING TAXI AND WING ICE INS...

Страница 797: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1 2 3 1 LEFT NACELLE 2 COVERPANEL 3 INSPECTIONLIGHT Figure 11 18 Wing Inspection Light INTENTIONALLYLEFTBLANK ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Reissued 2 6 81 4C21...

Страница 798: ...t enough to allow the lamps to fit snug in the mounting fixture c Install the landing light assembly against the strut housing with the bottom of the mounting fixture 5 62 inches up from the bottom of...

Страница 799: ...the appropriate removal and installation instructions in the following paragraphs to gain access to said units 11 90 REMOVAL OF WING TIP STROBE LIGHT The lights are located on both wing tip tanks next...

Страница 800: ...supply L or R is located inside the outboard wing rib Disconnect the two electrical plugs c Remove the screws mounting the power supply to the wing Remove power supply 11 95 INSTALLATION OF STROBE WIN...

Страница 801: ...reversed polarity destroys a protective diode in the power supply causing self destruction from overheatingof the power supply This damageis sometimes not immediatelyapparent but will cause failure o...

Страница 802: ...units refer to the appropriate removal and installation in the following paragraphs 11 101 REMOVAL OF WING STROBE AND POSITION LIGHT ASSEMBLIES PA 31TS N 31T 8120001 and up and PA 31TI S N 31T 810400...

Страница 803: ...lamp d Place logo light switch in off position secure electrical power to aircraft and secure lenscover with appropriate screw 11 102c LOGO LIGHTS ADJUSTMENTS Refer to figure ll 18a The logo lights ar...

Страница 804: ...ight assembly should any one of the locking pins not engage properly In addition to these mechanically operated switches there is also a pressure operated switch located in the line leading to the doo...

Страница 805: ...screw the switch into the receptacle until the switch actuates NOTE An ohmmeter or continuity tester can be used to indicate switch actuation d When adjustment is satisfactory tighten the retainer nut...

Страница 806: ...sconnect electrical connector to time delay timer d Remove screws to the time delay timer and remove 11 116 INSTALLATION OF THE TIME DELAY TIMER a Position time delay timer on accessory shelf and secu...

Страница 807: ...Remove the knob from the potentiometer which controls the dimmer that is being removed c Remove the nut securing the potentiometer to the front of the panel d Pull the potentiometer out of the overhea...

Страница 808: ...end tabs down to secure slide control to panel c Reconnect the wires to the slide control in the same positions as noted when removed from the old assembly d Position the overhead trim panel and secur...

Страница 809: ...sembly NOTE If the optional radio lights dimmer needs servicing refer to the Avionics Wiring Diagram Service Manual for the appropriate wiring information See Section XII 11 130 ANNUNCIATOR PANEL 11 1...

Страница 810: ...and E217 Use a locally fabricated test box See Schematic Oil Temperature Right and Left e Ascertain the left fuel flow left oil temperature right fuel flow right oil temperature and the panel circuit...

Страница 811: ...p on the left side b Remove the particular lamp for replacement by pulling on the lamp c Replace legend plate in reverse manner of removal d Access to wiring on back of annunciator may begained by rem...

Страница 812: ...s from lift detector remove lift detector from aircraft 11 146 INSTALLATION OF LIFT DETECTOR a Attach electrical wires to their correct terminals on the lift detector b Position the lift detector with...

Страница 813: ...4 SAS COMPUTER 5 CO2 CARTRIDGE 6 LEFT PITOT HEAT SWITCH 7 STALL MARGIN INDICATOR 8 POWER WARNING LIGHT 9 RAM WARNING LIGHT 10 SAS TEST SWITCH 11 SAS SERVO MOTOR 12 HYDRAULIC CYLINDER 13 ELEVATOR DOWN...

Страница 814: ...eedwith the sameconfigurationand power The SAS improves the static longitudinal stability of the Cheyenne thus permitting more versatile loading Should the SAS malfunction the panelmounted warningligh...

Страница 815: ...een the wheel and around the seat back c Pad the control wheel tube with foam rubber or similar material d Remove the four self locking nuts that secure the floating panel to its shock mounts There is...

Страница 816: ...he instrument panel cover and slide forward enough to allow it to move from its attachment slot Remove the cover from over the panel b Pull the control wheel that is at the opposite side of the instru...

Страница 817: ...he cover from over the panel c Remove the nut securing the light assembly to the instrument panel d From behind the instrument panel structure pull the light assembly out of the panel e Unsolder the w...

Страница 818: ...he floating panel to its shock mounts There is one nut located on the panel at each side of the control wheel tube and one nut located at each side of the panel near the top With an open end wrench he...

Страница 819: ...Re RAM BIAS GM GAIN METER PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL SW STALL WARNING Figure 11 22 SAS Computer Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 4D19...

Страница 820: ...d must be conducted in full anytime a component of the system has been replaced or repaired CAUTION Prior to applying power to the system check continuity of system wiring to verify shorts and or open...

Страница 821: ...ointer clockwise All potentiometers in computer are 14 turn potentiometers k Rotate sensor vane as required to place vane pointer at 22 5 5 position on protractor 1 The SMI pointer should move to 1 3...

Страница 822: ...owly rotate the vane clockwise until servo lifts from lower scribe mark This threshold vane angle should be 17 0 2 t Rotate the sensor vane pointer to 25 5 position on the protractor u Observe actuato...

Страница 823: ...light and or horn 3 Computer may be defective replace computer PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL x Actuate the Stall Warning Heat circuit breaker Place the Left Pitot Heat Switch located in the overhead swit...

Страница 824: ...Warning and SAS Motor ae The power warning light should illuminate when each circuit breaker is pulled out and should extinguish when pushed in NOTE If the power warning light fails to illuminate the...

Страница 825: ...he pointer position by marking the indicator bezel with a pencil mark in line with the pointer centerline f Determine the stall warning indication by slowly decreasing the airspeed until the warning o...

Страница 826: ...the actuator is not alignedwith the lowerscribe markwithin 25 of aninch adjust RBpot so that the actuator willjust start to move when the vane is moved clockwise If it is necessaryto adjust the RB pot...

Страница 827: ...or 15 Rotate vane slowly clockwise until servo actuator arm just begins to move from the bottom position This angle must be 16 1 16 If necessary adjust RB POT to accomplish Step 15 17 Rotate vane poin...

Страница 828: ...mping This fluid passes through a clear plastic tube to a storage reservoir Approximately 15 seconds are required for complete system travel A mechanical lock on the actuator piston rod prevents the a...

Страница 829: ...ENSIONON MODELS WITH SERIAL NUMBERS 31T 7920053 31T 8020001 AND UP WITH ARM FULL DOWN OR IN RELAXED POSITION ELEVATOR DOWN AND CONTROLWHEEL AGAINST STOP 2 THE ELEVATOR DOWN SPRING SAS MUST BE REPLACED...

Страница 830: ...O A sensor wires 3 With the SAS switch ON and while using a DVM or VTVM ground check the potentiometers by measuring their voltages 4 At the orange and white orange wires measure the output voltage f...

Страница 831: ...tion a Gain access to the elevator SAS down spring by removing the access panel on the left side of the tail section at fuselage station 296 0 b Ascertain that the SAS servo actuator arm is full down...

Страница 832: ...PIPER CHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL vANE ANGLE WIPERS VTVM INDICATOR CURRENT BLOW HORN SERVO 8 10 SET ZM AND GM SET RB POTENTIOMETER D C VOLTS A GND 5 14 16 18 FULL DOWN D E Added 7 2 84 4E8 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 833: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL SERVO SAS COMPUTER HORN SAS VANE Figure 11 25a A O A Sensor Schematic Added 7 2 84 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 4E9...

Страница 834: ...brushes Eccentric commutator Replace switch Replace solenoid Replace the armature assembly Replace the stator assembly Check brush seats and increase brush run in time Refinish commutator Refer to Par...

Страница 835: ...ssemblies Noisy operation Rough bearings Replace bearings Scored or worn drive splines Fan blades bent 2nd rubbing Replace drive shaft Straighten or replace fan Unit vibrates Unbalanced armature assem...

Страница 836: ...nly as a last resort Intermittent oper ation Short circuited coil Loose electrical con nection Replace coil Clean and tighten electrical con nections Plunger binding Badly burned points See remedy per...

Страница 837: ...bricate the mechanical parts sparingly with Glide Air or equivalent Switch or switches in door frame out of adjustment Defective pressure switch Short to ground Adjust per Paragraph 11 107 Replaceswit...

Страница 838: ...S 10 3 STROBE LIGHTS 3 STROBE POWER SUPPLIES 10 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CONTROL BOX HEATER ASSEMBLY HEATER FUEL FILTER HEATER FUEL PUMP RECIRCULATING FAN RELAY 5 CABIN READING LIGHTS DESK LIGHTS DOME LIGHTS...

Страница 839: ...ND WARNING RELAY LANDING LIGHT GROUND SOLENOID MOTION LIGHT SELECTOR LOCK SOLENOID WARNING HORN 2 INSTRUMENT 5 INSTRUMENT SENDER 5 SOLENOID VALVE 5 DEFLECTOR MOTOR INDICATOR LIGHT MOTOR CONTROL RELAY...

Страница 840: ...EMENT 5 TAILLIGHTS WING LIGHTS 20 HEAT ELEMENT INTAKE AIR SHEDDING AREA 1 HEAT ELEMENT INTAKE AIR SHEDDING AREA 2 HEAT ELEMENT PROP TIMER 5 CONTROL AMPLIFIER MOTOR 15 FAN MOTOR 5 WARNING LIGHT HORN 5...

Страница 841: ...d Red Stall Warning Dome Light Refreshment Table Strobe Lights WingTips Strobe Light Tail Map Lights Ice Detection Light Annunciator Panel Lights SAS Warning Lights 753 478 753 477 472 049 472 769 758...

Страница 842: ...NTROL Figure 11 26 Wing Flap Switch SAFETY ITCH LH SYSTEM POWER TO RH SAFETY SWITCH NOSE GEAR SAFETY SWITCH FUNCTION 1 PROPELLER REVERSE LOCK OUT IN AIR RIGHT HAND AND LEFT HAND SYSTEM COMPLETE CIRCUI...

Страница 843: ...AIRCRAFT IS ON THE GROUND b PROVIDES PATH FOR ELECTRICITY TO PASS TO HANDLE SOLENOID WHEN AIRCRAFT IS IN THE Al R OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN PIN PIN PIN PIN POWER TO STALL WARN POWER HORN AND LIGHT POWER TO...

Страница 844: ...LEFT EL476 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Revised 4 25 83 4E20...

Страница 845: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL477 Figure 11 29 Basic Aircraft Electrical Bus Systems PA 31T S N 31T 8120001 and up and PA 31TI S N 31T 8104001 and up Typical Revised 4 25 83 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 4E21...

Страница 846: ...PIPER CHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL Figure 11 30 Basic Aircraft Electrical Bus Systems 4E22 4E22...

Страница 847: ...ELECTRICAL ACCESSORY SHELF PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 11 31 Component Location Relay Shelf and Electrical Accessory Shelf Early Models Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 4E23...

Страница 848: ...PANEL 12 RIGHTVOLTAGE REGULATOR DC CONTROL PANEL 13 LEFT ENGINE DEICE 14 RIGHT ENGINE DEICE 15 LIGHTS TIMER 16 LANDING LIGHTSOLENOID 17 TAXI LIGHT SOLENOID 18 LANDING GEAR LIGHT SOLENOID 19 COMBINATIO...

Страница 849: ...HEATTIMER PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 12 RIGHTWINDSHIELD HEAT SOLENOID 13 LANDING GEAR LIGHTSOLENOID 14 RECOGNITION LIGHTSOLENOID OPT 15 DIMMER CONTROL BOX 16 RESISTOR WINDSHIELD 17 RIGHTVOLTAGE RE...

Страница 850: ...ICE MANUAL D161 FWD A MAIN POWER PANEL B ACCESSORY PANEL C PANEL D ANNUNCIATOR COMPUTER NOTE SEE FOLLOWING GRIDS FOR PANEL COMPONENT BREAKDOWN Figure 11 34 Forward Electrical Panel Locations Cheyenne...

Страница 851: ...RELAY 5 RIGHT WINDSHIELDHEAT TIMER 6 RIGHTWINDSHIELD HEAT RELAY 7 LEFTWINDSHIELD HEAT CONTACTOR 8 RIGHTWINDSHIELD HEAT CONTACTOR 9 COMBUSTION AIR BLOWER RELAY 10 LANDING GEAR LIGHT RELAY 1 TAXI LIGHT...

Страница 852: ...5 STALL WARNING RESISTOR 6 LIGHTS INVERTER 7 COMPRESSOR CLUTCHRELAY 8 LEFT DEICE POWERCONTROL RELAY 9 RIGHT DEICE POWERCONTROL RELAY 10 STALL WARN RELAY 11 RIGHT STARTERRELAY 12 LEFT STARTER RELAY 13...

Страница 853: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 4F5 THRU 4L24 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 4F5...

Страница 854: ...ICE MANUAL CARD 5OF8 PA 31T CHEYENNE PA 31T CHEYENNE II PA 31T1 CHEYENNE I PA 31T1 CHEYENNE IA PA 31T2 CHEYENNE IIXL PIPER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION JULY 2 1984 PART NUMBER 753 826 5A1 INTERIM REVISION OCT...

Страница 855: ...umber is vertical line reference per card Example 2J16 Aerofiche card number two of given set Grid location J16 To aid in locating the various chapters and related service information desired the foll...

Страница 856: ...84 July 2 1984 February 20 1986 April 30 1986 August 21 1986 June 15 1988 March 13 1990 October 19 1994 March 20 1995 October 15 1997 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1 Only 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8...

Страница 857: ...TANDPA 31T1 2111 AEROFICHE CARDNO 3 VIIIA POWERPLANT PA 31T2 3A8 IX FUELSYSTEM 3D7 X INSTRUMENTS 3F2 AEROFICHECARDNO 4 XI ELECTRICALSYSTEM 4A7 AEROFICHE CARDNO 5 XII ELECTRONICS 5A9 XIII ENVIRONMENTAL...

Страница 858: ...s 5C6 13 10 Spark Plug Fixture 5C9 13 11 Wiring TestSetup 5C9 13 12 Ignition Unit Assembly Typical 5C9 13 13 Spark Plug P N 39D18 Gap Adjustment and Tool 5C 0 13 14 Spark Plug 10E75 1 and 10E75 2 5C 1...

Страница 859: ...tch Assembly Sankyo Compressor S N 31T 8304001and up 5E22 Drive Housing and Driver Assembly 5E23 Fan and Condenser 5F3 Expansion Valve 5F6 Evaporator Control Valve 5F6 Component Installation 5F7 Insta...

Страница 860: ...ing Chart Heating 5D14 XIII V TroubleshootingChart Auxiliary Heater 5D20 XIII VI Temperature Pressure Chart Standing System 5E XIII VII Aluminum Tubing Torque 5E2 XIII VIII Vacuum Vs Temperature 5E6 X...

Страница 861: ...PIPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 5A8...

Страница 862: ...tions Components Corp Description Battery Removal and Installation Communications Components Corp Emergency Locator Transmitter Narco Description Battery Removal and Installation Narco Testing Emergen...

Страница 863: ...Two Year Magnesium Emergency Locator Transmitter Schematic Narco ELT Portable Folding Antenna Narco ELT Using Fixed Aircraft Antenna Narco Pilot s Remote Switch and Emergency Locator Transmitter Schem...

Страница 864: ...AL AND INSTALLATION 2 year magnesium battery refer to Figure 12 1 The ELT is located underneath the dorsal fin between sta 304 75 and sta 317 00 a Remove the access panel on the dorsal fin between sta...

Страница 865: ...s remote switch harness to the transmitter p Connect the antenna coax to the transmitter q Install the access panel on the dorsal fin between sta 296 00 and sta 317 75 and secure with appropriate scre...

Страница 866: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL I Figure 12 2 Pilot s Remote Switch and Emergency Locator Transmitter Schematic Revised 9 23 81 ELECTRONICS 5A13...

Страница 867: ...ituation or if accumulated test time exceeds one hour 12 7 BATTERY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Communications Components Corp The ELT is located underneath the dorsal fin between sta 304 75 and sta 317 0...

Страница 868: ...ore than one hour of accumulated test time the battery must be replaced To replace the battery pack in the transmitter refer to Paragraph 12 10 12 10 BATTERY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Narco The ELT is...

Страница 869: ...Press RESET button and set ON OFF ARM switch to ARM o Make an entry in the aircraft logbook including the new battery expiration date p A unit operational check may now be performed on the ELT Refer t...

Страница 870: ...T FINGER Figure 12 5 ELT Portable Folding Antenna Narco CONTACT PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL NOTCH PIN PORTABLE STOP ANTENNA OPERATIVE ANTENNA EXTENSION TAB SET TAB VIEW A ANTENNA ANTENNA POPSOUT OF...

Страница 871: ...r the hour the test should be conducted with the closest FAA Tower or Flight Service Station Consult FAA Advisory Circular AC 20 81for detailed information concerning the above caution a Remove the ac...

Страница 872: ...ON position it must then be moved to the OFF position if there is one before reverting to the ARM position again CAUTION Under normal conditions the transmitter switch must be set to ARM NOTE Inspect...

Страница 873: ...tive 12 15 AUTOFLIGHT 12 16 GENERAL Due to the wide varity of A F C S Automated Flight Control System options it is mandatory to follow the service literature published by the individual manufacturer...

Страница 874: ...AutoPilot system by faceplate model name in ordertoconsulttheappropriate service manual Each manual identifies the revision level and revision status as called out on the Master Parts Price List Aerof...

Страница 875: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 12 8 Avionics Antenna Locations Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRONICS 5 A22...

Страница 876: ...5A23 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK...

Страница 877: ...5A24 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK...

Страница 878: ...13 27 Reassembly of Combustion Air Blower 57D77 5B18 13 28 Disassembly of Combustion Air Blower 89D23 1 5B18 13 29 Reassembly of Combustion Air Blower 89D23 1 5B18 13 30 Disassembly of Combustion Air...

Страница 879: ...ion Air Pressure Switch Earlier Models 5C18 13 61 Combustion Air Pressure Switch 5C18 13 62 Overhaul Instructions 5C19 13 63 Disassembly of Heater 62D33 5C 19 13 64 Disassembly of Heater 62D33 1 and 6...

Страница 880: ...d Coil Sankyo Compressor 5E20 13 112b Removal of Clutch Pulley and Coil Sankyo Compressor 5E20 13 112c Installation of Clutch Pulley and Coil Sankyo Compressor 5E21 13 113 Single Belt Compressor Drive...

Страница 881: ...Controller 13 169 Calibration Check for Cabin Altitude Controller 13 170 Calibration of Controller 13 171 Door Seal System Aerofiche Grid No 5F24 5G5 5G5 5G5 5G5 5G5 5G6 5G6 5G6 5G6 5G8 5G8 5G8 5G8 5...

Страница 882: ...the reset button If a heater over temp condition occurs a thermal switch located on the heater will trip precluding further heater operation until the switch is manually reset by opening the access b...

Страница 883: ...TITUDE CONTROL ASSEMBLY 27 DUMP CONTROL EARLIER MODELS ONLY 28 PRESSURIZED AND OUTSIDE AIR CONTROL LEVEL SEE INSTRUMENT PANEL DETAIL PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL 1394 568 569 29 FREON PRESSURE LINE 30 F...

Страница 884: ...5 1 PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 6 4 Figure 13 2 Environmental Components Revised 4 25 83 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM PA 31T and PA 31T1 5B7...

Страница 885: ...ted combustion air intake provide the conditions required for heater operation Heat is produced by burning a fuel air mixture inthe combustion chamber of the heater Fuel is injected into the combustio...

Страница 886: ...jacent to the heater controls Refer to Parts Catalog for part numbers serial numbers and kit number 13 11a HEATER THERMOSTAT Refer to Parts Catalog for part numbers serial numbers If kit numbers 764 2...

Страница 887: ...air inlet scoop combustion air inlet scoop exhaust outlet and fuel drain for possible obstructions Make sure that all of these openings are clear of any restrictions and that no damage has occurred to...

Страница 888: ...t of fuel lines at the various attaching points in the airplane d Inspect electrical wiring at the heater terminal block and components for loose connections possible chafing of insulation and securit...

Страница 889: ...tting at the heater and disconnect the fuel and drain lines Also disconnect the electrical lead from the terminal on the heater which goes to the solenoid valve assembly g Disconnect the fuel drain fi...

Страница 890: ...nting bracket i Connect the electrical lead to the solenoid valveterminal on the heater jacket j Connect the rest of the electrical leads to the heater terminal strip NOTE A wiring schematic of the he...

Страница 891: ...l continuity 24 volts nominal should be present at the recirculating fan motor 13 23 HEATER POWER CIRCUIT CHECK With the cabin comfort controller MASTER switch in the ON position the SELECTOR switch i...

Страница 892: ...ring removal Tighten the motor in the attaching strap 4 Secure the air tubing by installing the bolt and locknut removed during disassembly 5 Connect the wire lead to No 1terminal on terminal strip 6...

Страница 893: ...USTION AIR BLOWER 11 PLATE BACK 12 SPACER 13 MOTOR ASSEMBLY 14 BRUSH ASSEMBLY 15 CAP BRUSH ASSEMBLY 16 TERMINAL PREINSULATED 17 WASHER AN936A6 18 SCREW 19 SCREW AN520 10R10 20 NUT MS2036 1032A 21 SCRE...

Страница 894: ...9 STRAP CABLE 10 CAPACITOR 11 BRUSH ASSEMBLY 12 CAP BRUSH ASSEMBLY 13 MOUNT COMBUSTION AIR BLOWER SUPPORT 14 TERMINAL PREINSULATED 15 SPACER 16 WASHER 17 LOCK NUT AN345 10 18 SCREWS Figure 13 6 Combu...

Страница 895: ...1 See Figure 13 6 a Remove the combustion air blower inlet adapter 2 by removing one screw b Remove the housing outer half by removing the four screws c Loosen the set screw in the blower wheel 7 and...

Страница 896: ...ay I to the housing inner half 6 c Slide the blower wheel 8 on the motor shaft and tighten the set screw lightly against the flat portion of the motor shaft d Place the blower housing outer half 5 inp...

Страница 897: ...1 COMBUSTION AIR BLOWER AND REGULATORASSEMBLY 2 MOTOR ASSEMBLY COMBUSTION AIR BLOWER Figure 13 7 Combustion Air Blower and Motor Assembly 10E58 1 10E58 2 16E68 1 and 16E68 2...

Страница 898: ...PLAIN WASHER 15 TERMINAL LUG 16 NUT 17 WASHER 18 NUT 19 WASHER 20 BRUSHES 21 FAN HOUSING 22 WASHERS FLAT 23 MACHINE SCREWS 24 END BELL 25 COTTER PIN 26 PROPELLER 27 FLAT SPRING 21 BEARING 29 MOTOR AS...

Страница 899: ...dapter assembly by removing the screw securing it to its position b Remove the screws securing the preheater to the blower inlet adapter assembly c Lift preheater out of blower inlet adapter assembly...

Страница 900: ...the bearing k Remove the motor armature 34 from the stator 10 1 Remove the bearings 28 and 32 from their respective end bells along with the related parts Refer to Figure 13 8 13 36 ASSEMBLY OF RECIR...

Страница 901: ...iginal positioning in the motor d Check bearings and bearing seats for any damage of rotating bearings e Check armature for commutator wear and eccentricity Evidence of wear requires finish and underc...

Страница 902: ...f 500 RMS volts at 60 cyclesAC for one minute and insulation resistance shall measure 200 megohms or more If test cannot be met replace the armature 2 Make a dielectric test of the stator between the...

Страница 903: ...armature back and forth and low speed preloaded to relieve pre load Faulty bearings Replace bearings Low speed Excessive current and high speed Excessive current and bucking Excessive vibration Brushe...

Страница 904: ...s of fan 3 d Loosen set screws and remove fan 3 from shaft of motor assembly e Do not remove grommet 8 nameplate 9 or data plate 10 unless replacement is necessary 13 42b CLEANING AND INSPECTION OF DU...

Страница 905: ...bearing on shaft with the 6 spring contacts into the endbell Install new endbell 5 P N 1092 45 2 Insert the new thru bolts 6 P N AN3 43A and install the new nuts 7 P N AN364 1032A Torque to 15 inch p...

Страница 906: ...s are de energized 2 Unscrew and remove the high voltage lead connector at the spark plug Exercise care to avoid fouling or damaging the connector 3 Using a 7 8 inch deep hex socket unscrew and remove...

Страница 907: ...NCE 1 HOUSING 2 GROMMET 3 SET SCREWS 4 FAN HUB 5 FAN 6 MOTOR ASSEMBLY 7 LOCKWIRE 8 BOLTS 9 COLLAR 10 LEAD WIRES Figure 13 9 Recirculation Fan and Motor Assembly Dukes I Revised 9 23 81 5C6 ENVIRONMENT...

Страница 908: ...REQUIRED 7 NUT 2 REQUIRED 8 GROMMET 9 NAMEPLATE 10 DATA PLATE 11 HOUSING BRUSH ENDBELL PUSH BRUSHES INTO BRUSH HOLDERS COMPRESSING SPRINGS INSERT COMMUTATOR OF ARMATURE BETWEEN BRUSHES BEARINGON ARMAT...

Страница 909: ...checking the gap through the spark plug wellwhen the heater is not disassembled Method I 1 Using 5 32 inch drill 0 156 or a piece of 5 32 rod reachdownthrough the small opening in the combustion head...

Страница 910: ...SILVER Figure 13 10 Spark Plug Fixture Figure 13 11 Wiring Test Setup 1 COVER ASSEMBLY Figure 13 12 Ignition Unit Assembly Typical Reissued 2 6 81 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM PA 31T and PA 31TI 5C9...

Страница 911: ...Figure 13 13 Spark Plug P N 39D18 Gap Adjustment and Tool Reissued 2 6 81 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM PA 31T and PA 31TI 5C10...

Страница 912: ...gap as outlined in Paragraph 13 44 c Do not bend the electrode on the spark plug 2 Place a new spark plug gasket on the threads A small drop of Aviation Permatex or similar material may be used on the...

Страница 913: ...to 20 foot pounds 4 Operate the heater to check dependability and replace the access panels 13 46 IGNITION UNIT This unit converts 28 volt DC to high voltage oscillating current capable of producing...

Страница 914: ...10 However the A dimension in that sketch must be varied with the length of spark plug electrode to provide a gap of 156 to 187 of an inch for all spark plugs CAUTION When testing an ignition unit do...

Страница 915: ...isassembly and inspection may be required 13 52 INSPECTION OF IGNITION UNIT Inspect components as directed in TableXIII llland Figure 13 12 NOTE Replace any component that fails to meet checks listed...

Страница 916: ...55 REMOVAL OF FUEL PUMP PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE AND HEATER FUEL FILTER a Removal and installation of heater fuel filter Refer to Section IX b Disconnect electrical leads from pump c Disconnect all fuel...

Страница 917: ...main spar on aircraft model PA 31T serial numbers 31T 7400002 to 31T 7720069 inclusive c Bench Test solenoid valve by applying air pressure 100psi to the inlet port of the valve whilesub merging the o...

Страница 918: ...pressure of 50 3 psi de energize and energize the solenoid at least twice The outlet pressure should be 7 0 to 8 0 psi with solenoid energized and when the solenoid is de energized the pressure shoul...

Страница 919: ...minals in accordance with markings made during removal If in doubt regarding proper connections refer to wiring diagram Section XV Connect the tube to the switch cap 3 Check for proper heater operatio...

Страница 920: ...move the four screws 9 lock washers 10 and cable straps 11 to free the ignition assembly 13 from the combustion tube and jacket assembly 30 Refer to Paragraph 13 52 for ignition unit inspection f Remo...

Страница 921: ...OCK WASHER 29 NUT 30 COMBUSTION TUBE AND JACKET ASSEMBLY 31 HEAD GASKET 32 MACHINE SCREW 33 HEAD ASSEMBLY 34 HEAD PLATE ASSEMBLY 35 SPRAY NOZZLE 36 MACHINE SCREW 37 LOCK WASHER 38 COMBUSTION HEAD ASSE...

Страница 922: ...HIGH TENSION LEAD 14 MACHINE SCREW 15 ADAPTER 16 TUBE COMBUSTION AIR SWITCH 17 SPARK PLUG 18 ELBOW 19 COMBUSTION AIR SWITCH 20 NUT 21 SHROUD 22 GASKET 23 COMBUSTION TUBE AND JACKET ASSEMBLY 24 HEAD GA...

Страница 923: ...ge ignition lead at the spark plug Handle the spring connector on the end of this lead with care to prevent fouling or damage d Remove the spark plug 17 using a 7 8 inch deep socket Make sure the spar...

Страница 924: ...ER 12 SOLENOID ASSEMBLY 13 LIMIT SWITCH 14 IGNITIONASSEMBLY 15 INSULATOR 16 SPARK PLUG 17 HEAD GASKET 18 SWITCH GASKET 19 VALVEBODY GASKET 20 TERMIMALSTRIP 21 ELBOW 22 GASKET 23 NUT 24 WASHER 25 NUT 2...

Страница 925: ...tube and jacket assembly 2 Refer to Paragraph 13 52for ignition unit inspection f Remove the solenoid elbow fitting and nut This will free the shroud gasket and washer g Remove the two screws 33 Caref...

Страница 926: ...emove the fuel filter assembly 5 5 Remove the lower fuel shroud assembly 6 Make sure the fuel shroud gasket 6a is removed 6 Ascertain that all electrical wiring is disconnected 7 Remove thecap screws...

Страница 927: ...10 SPRAY NOZZLE 13 FLATWASHER 14 SHELL COVER 15 O RING 16 SOLENOID ASSEMBLY 17 BASE PLATE 18 KNURLED NUT 19 O RING 20 TERMINALSTRIP 21 INSULATOR 22 MACHINE SCREW 23 LOCK WASHER 24 MACHINE SCREW 25 ADA...

Страница 928: ...SPECTION OF COMBUSTIONCHAMBERAND JACKET a Since the outer jacket is not removable inspection of the combustion chamber is limited Minor cracks or pinholes can be detected in the leakage test outlined...

Страница 929: ...he fuel feed and nozzle holder assembly for damaged threads at the fuel line fitting and for a crimped or cracked fuel line or distortedhousing Check the fuel solenoid for continuity by reading the re...

Страница 930: ...bove cases the complete fuel feed and nozzle holder assembly must be replaced e If no leaks are found dry the assembly carefully with compressed air 13 73 NOZZLE SPRAY TEST Spray test the nozzle as fo...

Страница 931: ...lled in a range of zero to 5 0 inches of water to the switch opening with a water manometer and needle valve in the line ahead of the switch Switch must be tested in the same position as installed in...

Страница 932: ...1 300 RPM at rated voltage Current drain is approximately 12 5 amperes e If current drain is excessive or if speed is too low replace the brushes Recheck both current drain and RPMafter brushes are pr...

Страница 933: ...this happens the nozzle must be replaced i Install the fuel feed nozzle holder and solenoid valve assembly 54 into the heater Center the fuel inlet fitting in the hole in the jacket Place the fuel fit...

Страница 934: ...ce with instructions given in Paragraph 13 44 c l Complete the assembly being sure to install the wiring in the same locations and connected to the same terminals as before disassembly Also slide the...

Страница 935: ...PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL NOTE 1 REFERTO STEP J OF PARAGRAPH13 82 Figure 13 23 Suggested Setup for Heater Operation Test Figure 13 24 Suggested Wiring Connections for Heater Operation Test ENVIRONM...

Страница 936: ...crews 33 Refer to Note on Figure 13 20 Leave the screws 33 loose at this time d Installthesparkplug 34 by screwingit into thethreadedopening makingsure that thesparkpluggasket is inposition Tighten to...

Страница 937: ...ormed the test routine described in subsequent paragraphs should be made 13 83 EQUIPMENT REQUIRED See Figure 13 23 a An improvised stand to hold the heater during test The heater should be located far...

Страница 938: ...clingswitch is set to cut off remove the sealant from the small adjusting screw and turn the screw counterclockwise To decrease the cutoff temperature turn the screw clockwise After adjustment seal th...

Страница 939: ...power supply attempt to start heater Turn on manual shutoff valve or master solenoid Check for low pressure If pump not supplying 100psi replace pump Remove the nozzle and clean or replace Refer to Pa...

Страница 940: ...aragraph 13 35 Bearings misaligned or pre Move armature back and loaded forth to relieve preload Faulty bearings Replace bearings Refer to Paragraph 13 39 Brushes not properly seated Brushes should be...

Страница 941: ...s sary repairs Clogged heater fuel filter Spark plug partially fouled Loose primary connection at ignition assembly Faulty vibrator Combustion air blower speed fluctuates Can be caused by low voltage...

Страница 942: ...rted turns in field Shorted turns in armature Propeller out of balance Replace motor Refer to Paragraph 13 35 Replace motor Refer to Paragraph 13 35 Rebalance propeller Armature out of balance Replace...

Страница 943: ...eating elements through a circuit breaker and solenoid This solenoid is located directly forward of STA 24 00 on the right longitudinal beam The recirculating fan relay See List of Illustrations Secti...

Страница 944: ...nose section c Remove the fresh air inlet duct which extends over the heater d Remove the electrical leads from the auxiliary heater e Loosen the clamps securing the rubber boots to the heater unit f...

Страница 945: ...e Recirculating fan fails to Replace fan operate Open or short in fan circuit Locate and correct fault wiring Reduced heat output reduced Resistive wire element open Replace element ammeter reading No...

Страница 946: ...nd vaporizing Freon which is cooler than the core thereby cooling the core and the air passing through it As this process is taking place moisture humidity in the air condenses on the outside surface...

Страница 947: ...to the attention of the customer whenever possible A thorough check of the system performed in a methodical manner will reveal trouble the customer is often not aware of Locating and repairing the tr...

Страница 948: ...rized mode position b Ascertain that thecabindoor is closed the cabincomfort masterswitch is ON andthat theair condition manual mode is ON c Set the right engine power levers to obtain 55 compressorsp...

Страница 949: ...C SYSTEM PRESSURE GAUGE 2 PRESSURE DUMP CONTROL EARLIER MODELS ONLY 3 TEST SWITCH MANUAL OVERRIDE Figure 13 26 Air Conditioning Flow Diagram Reissued 2 6 81 5D24 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM PA 31T an...

Страница 950: ...High Pressure Gauge Reading p s i 21 15 10 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 45 47 49 52 53 57 62 66 72 86 105 109 113 117 122 126 129 132 134...

Страница 951: ...located on the compressor Refer to Figure13 33 a The most accurate way to check the conditionof the systemis by attaching gaugesto the system as shownin Figure 13 28 b Alwayswearsafety goggleswhen han...

Страница 952: ...DIAGRAM C Figure 13 27 Manifold Set Operation PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Reissued 2 6 81 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM PA 31T and PA 31T1 5E3...

Страница 953: ...ld is a device having fittings for both gauges and connection hoses with provisions for controlling the flow of refrigerant through the manifold See Figure 13 27 The center port of the manifold set is...

Страница 954: ...en vacuum a Remove the cowling from the right engine Refer to Section VIII CAUTION b Connect the gauge set J 23575 to the vacuum pump and refrigerant charging drum as shown in Figure 13 28 Use J 5420...

Страница 955: ...DISCHARGE LINE CONNECTOR FREON COMPRESSOR TO EVAPORATOR CONTROL VALVE J 5420 CONNECTED WHEN CHARGING MANIFOLD VALVE SERVICE LINE OPEN ONLY KNURLED FITTING SEE NOTE SCHRADER VALVE D155 PUMP SERVICE POR...

Страница 956: ...ressure gauge fitting on evaporator control valve d With charging stand installed as previously described remove low pressure gauge line at evaporator control valve e Crack open high and low pressure...

Страница 957: ...attached to the compressor discharge Schrader valve fitting Connect the low pressure hose from the gauge set with adapter J 5420 attached to the evaporator control valve b EVACUATING THE SYSTEM Refer...

Страница 958: ...he drum valveand connect the receiver dehydrator assembly e Remove the expansion valve screen and clean or replace as required Refer to Figure 13 47 f Remove the charging line from the compressor Inst...

Страница 959: ...IGH VIEW A A USED ON SERIAL NUMBERS 31T 7400002 TO 31T 8104073 TORQUE BOLTS USED ON SERIAL NUMBERS 31T 8304001 AND UP Figure 13 31 Compressor and Drive Assembly Dual Belt Revised 4 25 83 ENVIRONMENTAL...

Страница 960: ...levis pin to disconnect the adjustment rod Move the compressor IN to relieve tension on the belt Slip the belt off the compressor pulley Support the compressor remove the mounting bolts and remove the...

Страница 961: ...belt a Unevenness look for areas where the inter flat area is uneven b Cords broken or fuzzy or where the cord appears to be coming out of the belt c Holes in belt side wall d Obvious flaws in the be...

Страница 962: ...ll cowling on the right engine Refer to Section VIII j Reset the air conditioning circuit breaker k Check operation of the air conditioning system 13 106 LEAK TESTING THE COMPRESSOR WithTool J 9625 in...

Страница 963: ...re established by the alternate procedure given in Step g NOTE The following alternate procedure must beused ifa major freon loss has occurred Example Large oil loss visible at leak location g If an e...

Страница 964: ...ERVICE MANUAL PISTON ROD ROD BALL STOP INSERTING DIPSTICK OIL DIPSTICK 32447 Figure 13 33a Positioning Sankyo Compressor Internal Parts S N 31T 8304001 and up Added 4 25 83 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTE...

Страница 965: ...Plate Frigidaire Compressor DRIVEN PLATE DRIVE PLATE SCORINGOF DRIVE AND DRIVEN PLATES IS NORMAL DONOT REPLACE FORTHIS CONDITION Figure 13 35 Drive and Driven Plates Frigidaire Compressor Revised 4 2...

Страница 966: ...rigidaire Compressor Figure 13 37 Installing Driven Plate Frigidaire Compressor A I Figure 13 38 Checking Air Gap Frigidaire Compressor Figure 13 39 Removing Pulley Retaining Ring Frigidaire Compresso...

Страница 967: ...the bearing retaining ring 2 Drive out bearing with brass drift 3 Install new bearing then install retaining ring 13 110 INSTALLATION OF DRIVEN PLATE AND PULLEY ASSEMBLY Frigidaire Compressor a Insta...

Страница 968: ...d Drive Plate Frigidaire Compressor Figure 13 41 Removing Bearing Frigidaire Compressor J 8092 Figure 13 42 Installing Pulley and Drive Plate Bearing Frigidaire Compressor Revised 4 25 83 Figure 13 43...

Страница 969: ...b Install the coil retainer ring with Tool J 6435 13 112a MAGNETIC CLUTCH PULLEY AND COIL Sankyo Compressor S N 31T 8304001 and up 13 112b REMOVAL OF CLUTCH PULLEY AND COIL Sankyo Compressor Refer to...

Страница 970: ...on set place the ring part of the set into the bearing cavity Make certain the outer edge rests firmly on the rotor bearing outer race 4 Place the tool set drive into the ring 5 With a hammer tap the...

Страница 971: ...pressor drive belt tension by loosening the locknut on the adjustment rod and backing of the adjustment c Remove all of screws 1 and 6 from end housing assembly d Remove the bushings from screws 6 and...

Страница 972: ...ICE MANUAL 1397 SKETCH A A DIA PINS NOTE ANYTIME QUILL SHAFT IS REMOVED LUBRICATE WITHMOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE TYPE G PASTE FORM TYPE LUBRICANT OR PLASTILUBE 3 BEFORE INSTALLING SEENOTE COMPRESSOR DRIVE C...

Страница 973: ...shaft if dimensions are less then indicated g Inspect the ball bearings for flat spots by slowly rotating the bearings if found defective replace the bearings h If the shaft is in good condition but t...

Страница 974: ...of the housing can be milled up to 09 of an inch on either side and an aluminum or steel shim washer used to adjust the compressor position n With the alignment completed remove the alignment tool and...

Страница 975: ...d remove bolts 14 and 15 c Remove housing and gasket 13 119 INSTALLATION OF DRIVE HOUSING Refer to Figure 13 45 a Install gasket and housing to engine pads with bolts 14 and 15 Torque bolts oiled 50 6...

Страница 976: ...AFT SIDE OF FIREWALL AND FORWARD SIDE OF CONDENSER WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE TAPE SPECIFICATION PPP T 60B TYPEIII CLASS 1 1 1 2 INCHWIDE FROM TUCK PROD 2144 CYPRESS ROAD BETHLEHEM PENNA 2 OVER...

Страница 977: ...harge the system and check for leaks h Engage the air conditioning circuit breaker i Install the cowling and access panels 13 123 RECEIVER DRYER 13 124 REMOVAL OF RECEIVER DRYER This unit is located n...

Страница 978: ...EXPANSION VALVE Refer to Figure 13 47 a Install the expansion valve to the evaporator and secure the capillary tube to the evaporator outlet line and apply Presstite insulating tape Refer to Figure 1...

Страница 979: ...N RING 6 NEEDLE VALVE 7 VALVE SEAT PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 414 A FROM RECEIVER DEHYDRATOR VALVE Figure 13 47 Expansion Valve 8 EVAPORATOR PRESS 9 PISTON 10 SCREEN 11 PISTON SPRING 12 BELLOWS CHA...

Страница 980: ...er to Paragraph 13 98 e Install the access panel on the airplane and secure it 13 132 EVAPORATOR 13 133 REMOVAL OF EVAPORATOR This unit is mounted in front of the heater and is enclosed in a fiberglas...

Страница 981: ...nd evaporator control valve to the evaporator shroud as shown in Figure 13 49 c Install the complete shroud evaporator evaporator control valve and expansion valve into the airplane d Connect the pres...

Страница 982: ...the inboard grill with a flashlight An alternate method of tightening B nuts in lieu of torque values is as follows 1 Hand tighten B nut whilemoving the tube from sideto side This will aid in the seat...

Страница 983: ...SEAL I Figure 13 50 Installation of Seco 7 Seals B113 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 5F10 PA 31T and PA 31T1 Revised 2 15 82...

Страница 984: ...stem Evac uate and recharge sys tem Clean bugs and dirt from condenser fins Straighten fins if bent Check that capillary bulb is securely clamped to suction line If capillary bulb OK re place expansio...

Страница 985: ...lve Valve will show frost Expansion valve inlet screen clogged Inop erative expansion valve Valve stuck closed or capillary bulb has lost its charge Add Freon Installnew dryer Evacuate and re charge s...

Страница 986: ...belt tension cont slipping Magnetic clutch slipping Check electrical circuit I Check air gap Sankyo Strainer at suction service valve clogged Leaking or broken compressor valves for correct voltage to...

Страница 987: ...discon nected electrical wire Clutch coil burned out or disconnected Thermostat sensing element defective Circulating fan motor disconnected or burned out Loose or broken drive belt Compressor partia...

Страница 988: ...tem Compressor shaft seal leaking Clogged screen or screens in receiver dehydrator or expan sion valve plugged hose or coil Low refrigerant switch tripped due to low re frigerant charge Evacuate syste...

Страница 989: ...pressor clutch slipping Remove clutch as sembly for service or replacement I Check air gap Sankyo Adjust air gap Blower motor op erating at high speed low air flow from ducts Insufficient cooling at d...

Страница 990: ...higher than specified Excessivelyhigh or low gauge readings may cool in excess or not enough High pressure gauge usually higher than normal low pressure gauge lower than normal receiver cold to touch...

Страница 991: ...r replace as required Remove clutch for service or replace ment as necessary Adjust air gap de fective coil Check clutch bearing Replace bearing Clutch disengaged chattering Loose mounting worn intern...

Страница 992: ...ressure gauge drops within specifications Hissing in evapora tor case at expansion valve bubbles or cloudiness in sight glass low head pres sure Expansion valve noisy suction pressure low Low charge i...

Страница 993: ...manually controlled dump valve is incorporated in the system to unload the cabin pressure and on later models cabin pressure is unloaded by lifting the access coverto the emergency gear extension leve...

Страница 994: ...ERANCES Closes 5 67 to 5 77 PSID Opens 5 50 to 4 50 PSID The next group of specifications pertain to those aircraft Differential Pressure Switch Dukes 1336 00 1 10 000 to 10 500 ft 8 000 ft min equipp...

Страница 995: ...NT AIR INLET 26 CABIN ALTITUDE CONTROL ASSEMBLY 27 DUMP CONTROL EARLIER MODELS ONLY 28 PRESSURIZED AND OUTSIDE AIR CONTROL LEVEL SEE INSTRUMENT PANEL DETAIL 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 4...

Страница 996: ...dive is greater than 2000 feet per minute or the cabin differential pressure goes higher than 1 2 psi check for system malfunction 6 Release the test switch This will automatically return to the OFF p...

Страница 997: ...de or show a rate of descent If this does not occur and the cabin shows a continuous rate of climb then check for excessive leakage in the cabin pressurization system NOTE There are several uncapped v...

Страница 998: ...16 ATOR 11 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 17 12 FILLPORT BACK VIEW 1 FLOW METER PRESSURE INDICATO 2 RATE OF CLIMB INDICATOR 3 RATE OF FLOW INDICATOR 4 CABIN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE INDICATOR 5 INSTRUMENT AIR PRE...

Страница 999: ...SSURIZING AIR OR PNEUMATIC AIR LINE FROM TEST UNIT PRESSURIZING AIR OR PNEUMATIC AIR LINE FROM TEST UNIT PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL INSTRUMENT AIR LINE FROM TEST UNIT VIEWA SKETCH A SKETCH B Figure...

Страница 1000: ...turned on then start it 5 Turn the flow rate knob in or to the full increase as fast as possible to obtain an input rate of flow to the cabin that will exceed the allowable leak rate from the cabin T...

Страница 1001: ...t connectionsfrom the aircraft and reconnect the originalplumbing WARNING Ascertain that the bleed line is reconnected to the isobaricvalve with all vents open and the protective plug installed over t...

Страница 1002: ...ow is less than the cabin leak rate 13 145 ISOBARIC VALVE REMOVAL a Remove the trim panel in front of the safety and isobaric valves located in the rear pressure bulkhead b Remove the access panel on...

Страница 1003: ...on the rear of the bulkhead d Install the access panel on the right side of the tail section e Connect the line to the valve f Install the trim panel in front of the valves after making sure acoustica...

Страница 1004: ...TTING DIFFERENTIAL BLEED OUTLET Figure 13 57 Isobaric Valve DIFFERENTIAL ADJUSTMENT DO NOT MAKE ANY ADJUSTMENTS CABIN PRESSUREBLEEDS INTO VALVE PASTPOPPETCLOSING SAFETY IN FLIGHT UNPRESSURIZEDDIFFEREN...

Страница 1005: ...nt filter 13 152 ISOBARIC FILTER REPLACEMENT Refer to Figure 13 57 a Remove the trim panel in front of the safety and isobaric valves located in the rear pressure bulkhead b Disconnect and remove the...

Страница 1006: ...ms should be checked for their proper condition or operation a All system lines are secure b The rupture disc is not damaged Earlymodels only c The door seal is functioning d Vacuum is being applied t...

Страница 1007: ...the castellations on the valve Refer to Figure 13 57 b Ground setting of the safety valve spring is determined by noting the readings on the hand carried altimeter and rate of climb indicator NOTE Asc...

Страница 1008: ...t normal climb power setting when it s safe to do so NOTE Do not confuse the change in cabin rate associated with a power reduction with any of the rates noted in Paragraph 13 158 b c and e g The cabi...

Страница 1009: ...ension closesafety valvediaphragm NOTE To relieve spring tension screw the springs lower seat counterclockwiselooking at the seat Theseadjustments must be made after flight on the ground The coverplat...

Страница 1010: ...es to full power 2 Turn pressurization controller to minimum altitude position and note cabin rate of climb indicator 3 If the procedure is going to work the cabin rate of dive should increase to abou...

Страница 1011: ...VALVE 6 INCH EXTENSION SPRAY NOZZLE INCLUDED IN PACKAGE VIEWC PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL TOBACCO FILTER COMPRESSEDAIR NOZZLE VIEW E Reissued 2 6 81 Figure 13 59 Cleaning of Pressurization Controller T...

Страница 1012: ...oller located in the lower left corner of the instrument panel The cause of this problem is tobacco deposits on the poppet valve The degree of fluctuation depends on how long the deposits have been pr...

Страница 1013: ...165 thru 13 169 13 166 ELECTRICAL TEST OF THE CABIN ALTITUDE CONTROLLER Refer to Figure 13 66 NOTE Electrical test may be performed with the controller in the airplane or on the bench a Connect elect...

Страница 1014: ...ld be found and corrected c Remove the cap from the control line at the controller and connect the line to the cabin controller f Position the altitude selector to 5000 feet above the local altimeter...

Страница 1015: ...easiest while Method II used only if Method I will not correct the error Method I a The aircraft should be flown to 11 500 feet and the controller should be progressively set at 1 000 3 000 5 000 7 00...

Страница 1016: ...que necessary to unloosen and tighten the screws will round the sockets if this suggestion is not followed b To preclude the set screw and hex plate from falling aft of the shaft while making this adj...

Страница 1017: ...EEDAIR SOURCE I INTERCOOLER 2 CHECK VALVE 3 CHECK VALVE 4 TEE S SEPARATOR 6 REGULATOR 7 PRESSURE VALVE 8 SOLENOID VALVE 9 DOOR SEAL Figure 13 61 Door Seal System Revised 9 23 81 5G20 ENVIRONMENTAL CON...

Страница 1018: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL NYLON GEARS CONTROLLER E HOLE IN SIDE OF CONTROLLER KEY Controller Adjustment Figure 13 62 Reissued 2 6 81 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM 5G21 PA 31T and PA 31T1...

Страница 1019: ...10000 2000 Figure 13 63 Cabin Altitude vsAircraft Altitude Reissued 2 6 81 5G22 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM PA 31T and PA 31T1...

Страница 1020: ...eakage in pressurization ducts Defective pressurized air dump valve Rupture disc broken Defective cabin altitude control Excessive cabin leakage Close valve adjust valve control cable Replace valve Se...

Страница 1021: ...adjust valvecontrol cable Replacevalve Defectivesafetyvalve Defectivepressurized airdumpvalve Defectivecabinaltitude controller Pressurizationduct leakage Cabinleakage Defectiverate of climb indicato...

Страница 1022: ...essure ex cessively high Isobaric control valve bleed off and static lines clogged Clean bleed off and static vent lines Defective cabin over pressure switch Replace Defective cabin altitude pressure...

Страница 1023: ...equivalent Switchor switchesin door frameout of ad justment Defectivepressure switch Short to ground Adjust perSection XI Replaceswitch Checkwiringandrepair Cabindoor unsafe light willnot come on No...

Страница 1024: ...minute to 2500 500feet per minute A three position electrical dump switch is incor porated into the system to unload cabin pressure A squat switch on the left main landing gear prevents the cabin from...

Страница 1025: ...FLOW VALVE CONTROLLER CABIN RATE CONTROL SELECTOR KNOB REFERENCE PRESSURE AIRCRAFT VACUUM PRESSURE DISCHARGE PRESSURE TRUE STATIC PRESSURE FACE VIEW OF CONTROLLER TRUE STATIC SAFETY VALVE ATMOSPHERE V...

Страница 1026: ...TITUDECONTROL ASSEMBLY 27 FILTER 28 PRESSURIZED AND OUTSIDE AIR CONTROL LEVER 29 FREON PRESSURE LINE PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 30 FREON SUCTION LINE 31 COMPRESSOR 32 INTERCOOLERAIR INLET 33 INTERC...

Страница 1027: ...Before descending reset the cabin altitude selector to field elevation plus 500 feet 5 Adjust the rate of change control for a comfortable rate of descent NOTE For a normal letdown select the 12 o clo...

Страница 1028: ...ing air line from the test unit to the distribution tube at the forward pressure bulkhead per Figure 13 54 Make the connection using a fabricated reducer as shown in Figure 13 56 4 Remove the protecti...

Страница 1029: ...abin back down to standard pressure by slowly closing or unscrewing the large flow rate knob If no one is inside the cabin a 6000 foot per minute change is okay otherwise do not exceed a 2000 foot per...

Страница 1030: ...12seconds which indicates a clear safety valve filter and operation of the test mode of the dump switch 13 181 FLIGHT OPERATIONS a Select pressurized air source b Select 5000 feet cabin altitude on t...

Страница 1031: ...ube NOTE Thecabin altitudeshouldnotchangemorethan400feet Thisshows the capabilityof differentialcontrol of the safetyvalve 3 Remove the C clamp from the isobaric valve ambient sense line 4 Install the...

Страница 1032: ...RT POPPETVALVE RETURN SPRING NOISESUPPRESSION SCREEN PORT 1 TRUE STATIC ATMOSPHERE CONNECTION WITHORIFICE CABIN AIR FILTER WITH ORIFICE NOTE THIS PORT PLUGGED ON ISOBARIC VALVE ONLY Figure 13 66 Safet...

Страница 1033: ...valves in the system are designed to open automatically and fully when a negative pressure differential of 43 psi 7 H20 is applied The combined capacity of both valves is such that the failure of any...

Страница 1034: ...ER a Disconnect the lines from the rear of the cabin altitude controller assembly Cap the open parts of the lines and fittings to prevent dust from entering the system b Remove the three screws which...

Страница 1035: ...ERING VALVE METERING VALVE FOLLOWER SPRING RATE SPRING CHECK VALVE ABSOLUTE BELLOWS CABIN AIR SENSEPORT ACTUATOR RATE DIAPHRAGM RATE CONTROL VALVE SEALING DIAPHRAGM RATE CONTROL VALVE POSITION ACTUATO...

Страница 1036: ...surized air control box won t close Valve on outside air control box won t close Vacuum tube not connected to controller Remedy Replace filter and check orifice Clean filter and check orifice on contr...

Страница 1037: ...tank Remove and replace tube or isobaric valve Remove and replace con troller Minimum rates unbalanced down rate faster than up rate Minor leak in tube between controller and volume tank or in volume...

Страница 1038: ...valve during aircraft climb to cruise altitude Cabin pressure rapidly increases or decreases with reselection of cabin altitude Cabin altitude exceeds selected value Cabin pressure will not maintain c...

Страница 1039: ...ve cabin over pressure switch Defective cabin altitude pressure gauge Safety valve static vent clogged Defective safety valve Latching relay sticking in the open position Remove and replace cabin alti...

Страница 1040: ...y Cabin door unsafe light will Circuit breaker open Reset circuit breaker not come on Broken wire or loose Check wiring and repair connection No pressure to door seal Leak in door seal pressure Check...

Страница 1041: ...5H20 THRU 5L24 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK...

Страница 1042: ...ICE MANUAL CARD 6OF8 PA 31T CHEYENNE PA 31T CHEYENNE II PA 31T1 CHEYENNE I PA 31T1 CHEYENNE IA PA 31T2 CHEYENNE IIXL PIPER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION JULY 2 1984 PART NUMBER 753 826 6A1 INTERIM REVISION OCT...

Страница 1043: ...mber is vertical line reference per card Example 2J16 Aerofiche card number two of given set Grid location J 16 To aid in locating the various chapters and related service information desired the foll...

Страница 1044: ...PR810923 PR810925 PR820215 PR821015 PR830425 PR840105 PR840323 PR840702 IR860220 IR860430 IR860821 IR871009 IR900313 IR941019 IR950320 IR971015 PublicationDate December 8 1973 February 6 1981 Septembe...

Страница 1045: ...ANDPA 31T1 2111 AEROFICHE CARDNO 3 VIIIA POWER PLANT PA 31T2 3A8 IX FUELSYSTEM 3D7 X INSTRUMENTS 3F2 AEROFICHE CARDNO 4 XI ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 4A7 AEROFICHE CARDNO 5 XII ELECTRONICS 5A9 XIII ENVIRONMEN...

Страница 1046: ...nce 6C16 14 6 Electrical Diagram Showing Cycle Sequence 6C17 14 7 Electrical Diagram Showing Cycle Sequence 6C17 14 8 Suggested Use of Dial Indicator 6C21 14 9 Centering of Brushes on Slip Rings 6C22...

Страница 1047: ...2 Trimmer Assembly 6F11 14 43 Test Instrument T 46192 6F14 14 44 Propeller Synchrophaser Installation WoodwardType 1 6F18 14 45 Propeller Synchrophaser Diagram WoodwardType 1 6F22 14 46 Propeller Sync...

Страница 1048: ...r S N 31T 8304001and up 6D16 Lip Deicer Temperature Sensor Check 6D17 Troubleshooting Chart Engine Deicer System 6D22 Operating Pressures 6E7 Materials and Supplies for Cold Repairs 6E10 Materials for...

Страница 1049: ...A 20b Description of Door Seal System 6BI 13A 21 Environmental Control Unit 6BI 13A 22 Troubleshooting 6BI 13A 23 Component Detailed Description 6B10 13A 24 Removal of Pressure Regulator and Shutoff V...

Страница 1050: ...ypass Valve Removal of Duct Temperature Sensor Installation of Duct Temperature Sensor Removal of Cabin Temperature Sensor and Controller Installation of Cabin Temperature Sensor and Controller Remova...

Страница 1051: ...e bypass valve supplies bleed air to the mixing valve during single engine operation The regulator valve is closed during single engine operation Reference to Paragraph 13A 21titled Heating and Coolin...

Страница 1052: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 3072 FACE VIEW OF CONTROLLER Figure 13A 1 Cabin Pressure Control System Schematic Revised 2 15 82 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM PA 31T2 6A11...

Страница 1053: ...7 CABIN ALTITUDEAND CABIN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSUREWARNING SWITCH 8 ISOBARIC VALVE 9 REAR PRESSUREBULKHEAD 10 VACUUM LINE 11 VACUUMLINE TO SAFETY VALVE 12 FORWARD PRESSUREBULKHEAD I PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE...

Страница 1054: ...pressure switches and cabin differential pressure switch are mounted on the aft pressure bulkhead 13A 6 COMPONENTS DETAILED DESCRIPTION a Cabin Outflow Valve Refer to Figure 13A 3 The outflow valve co...

Страница 1055: ...OPPETVALVE RETURN SPRING METERING VALVE DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL DIAPHRAGM ASSEMBLY NOISE SUPPRESSION SCREEN PORT 1 TRUE STATIC ATMOSPHERE CONNECTION WITH ORIFICE CABIN AIR FILTERWITH ORIFICE ON SAFETYVAL...

Страница 1056: ...abin Air Pressure Outflow Valve Controller PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1704 AIRCRAFT VACUUM CONNECTION OUTFLOW VALVE CONNECTION CABIN AIR FILTER CONNECTOR WITH ORIFICE RATE DIAPHRAGM RATE CONTROL VA...

Страница 1057: ...opriate procedure Depressurization can be accomplished in two ways If pressure needs to be dumped in a hurry the Cabin Pressure control Test Dump switch located on the cabin pressure control panel sho...

Страница 1058: ...DIFFERENTIALPRESSURE INDICATOR 5 INSTRUMENT AIR PRESSURE INDICATOR 6 FLOW RATE VALVE 7 CIRCUIT BREAKER 8 START BUTTON 9 STOP BUTTON 10 AIR REGULATOR VALVE II ELECTRICAL CONNECTION 12 FILLPORT 13 SIGH...

Страница 1059: ...PIPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL Figure 13A 7 Pressurization Test Hookup ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM PA 31T2 6A18 Interim Revision 10 15 97...

Страница 1060: ...the manufacturer s instructions 4 Turn the flow control valve for cabin pressurization to maintain a 2000foot per minute rate of descent on the rate change indicator Allow the cabin differential press...

Страница 1061: ...flow valve Repeat the opening test Step b for the outflow valve 11 After completion of the safety and outflow valve opening checks rotate the flow control to depressurize the cabin and bring the press...

Страница 1062: ...RESSURE SETTING ALTITUDE SETTING TOLERANCES TOLERANCES Closes 5 70 to 5 75 PSID 11 500to 12 500ft Opens 5 40 to 4 40 PSID 8 000 ft min Reliable through the following temperatures Ambient 65 F to 120 F...

Страница 1063: ...ine integrity perform the followingsteps 1 Select the normal position on the dump switch the safety valve should be in the closed position 2 Selectthe 12 o clock position on the rate knob 3 Slowly rot...

Страница 1064: ...0 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 14000 8000 6000 z 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 31 AIRPLANE ALTITUDE FEET x 10 3 Figure 13A 8 Cabin Altitude Vs Airplane Altitude Revised 2 15 82 6A23 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYST...

Страница 1065: ...a Position the valvebeing installedonto the shelf in the rear pressure bulkhead b When reinstallingsafetyand or outflowvalve gasketdimensionshownin Figure 13A 3must be met to insure sealing requireme...

Страница 1066: ...behind and discard c Install the new filter in place 13A 20a DOOR SEAL SYSTEM 13A 20b DESCRIPTION OF DOOR SEAL SYSTEM Refer to Figure 13A 8a The door seal system receives its pressure from both engine...

Страница 1067: ...CE PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1 HEAT EXCHANGER 2 SEPARATOR 3 REGULATOR 4 PRESSURE VALVE 5 SOLENOID VALVE 6 DOOR SEAL Figure 13A 8a Door Seal System Revised 2 15 82 6B2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEM...

Страница 1068: ...on Valve on outside air c box won t close Malfunction of ECS c switch Malfunction of ECU sure regulator and shut off valve IT2 PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM Remedy abin Replace filter and check orifice binair...

Страница 1069: ...ft vacuum supply Minor leak in tube between controller and volume tank or in volume tank Minor leak in tube between controller and isobaric valve or in isobaric valve Minor leak in the controller Mino...

Страница 1070: ...lve Cabin exceeds full positive differential calibrated setting True static atmosphere tube blocked or not connected on isobaric valve and safety valve Securely connect or remove blockage from the tru...

Страница 1071: ...nd replace valve safety valve Internal malfunction in Remove and replace con controller troller Excessive cabin leak rate Seal leaks Cabin pressure will not Valve partially open Close valve adjust val...

Страница 1072: ...ic static line clogged Clean static line high Defective cabin over pressure Remove and replace switch switch Defective cabin altitude Remove and replace gauge pressure gauge Safety valve static vent C...

Страница 1073: ...Remedy Cabin door unsafe light will Circuit breaker open Reset circuit breaker not come on Broken wire or loose Check wiring and repair connection No pressure to door seal Leak in door seal pressure...

Страница 1074: ...T NOTE CHECK NOTE VALVES RAM THIS UNIT LOCATED IN NOSE AIR SECTION RIGHT SIDE INLET GROUNDAIR FAN BETWEENSTATIONS57 00 AND FAN ASPIRATOR PRIMARY 1 Figure 13A 9 Environmental Control System Revised 2 1...

Страница 1075: ...ivesthe precooledair fromthe secondaryheat exchanger Thisair isstillat ahighpressureandupon passingthroughthe turbinethis highpressure is loweredbyexpansion The turbine absorbs the energyfrom the high...

Страница 1076: ...MAIN SUPPLY DUCT 20 THERMAL SWITCH MAIN DUCTSHROUD VENT IF ACTIVATED WILL ILLUMINATE BOTH LEFTAND RIGHT BLEED HOT ANNUNCIATOR LIGHTSSIMULTANEOUSLY 21 MAIN CENTRAL BLEEDAIR SUPPLYDUCT 22 PROTECTIVE SHR...

Страница 1077: ...D AIR SUPPLY OVERPRESSURE SWITCH a Install new switch with new O ring into receptacle NOTE Assure proper high temperature O ring is used Refer to Parts Catalog b Secure the switch in this position wit...

Страница 1078: ...the electrical leads to the fan motor e Slide the cuffs from the refrigeration unit so the fan motor can be twisted forward and out from the refrigeration unit f Remove the fan 13A 34 INSTALLATION OF...

Страница 1079: ...the system Place the manual auto switch in the manual position and control the temperature with the manual temp switch heat or cool for control of the hot air bypass valve to maintain cabin temperatu...

Страница 1080: ...ion duct ahead of F S 57 00 forward pressure bulkhead b Remove the four screws that secures the sensor in position c Remove the sensor with gasket 13A 45 INSTALLATION OF DUCT TEMPERATURE SENSOR a Inst...

Страница 1081: ...ssive moisture entering Coalescer cloth is torn or dirty Clean coalescer cloth If torn cabin replace Conditioned air temperature Ram air duct obstructed or Remove obstruction or debris too high face o...

Страница 1082: ...crew and unplug the HYLZ boat and check its harness connector for shorts to ground with an ohmmeter None of the 9 pins in the 14 pin harness connector may show any leakageto ground Short to ground on...

Страница 1083: ...ulse telling the valve open some to make usa little warmer Take the ice away and note that the red light eventually stays out o This completes ground verification of proper AUTO temperature control if...

Страница 1084: ...CHROME PLATINGOFFTHEBULB BASES TO SOLDERWIRES FROM PINS 3 AND 4 BUT THE BIGGER DIMMED BULBS ARE EASIER TO SEE Figure 13A 11 ECS Test Harness Extension PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL PLUG 12 II 10 AN 22...

Страница 1085: ...UAL HYLZ 50638 CABIN TEMP CONTROL WARM LEVEL SET DUCT SENSOR 100 20 AT ROOM TEMP NON ESSENTIALBUS CABIN COMFORT HOT AIR BY PASS VALVE E350 CONN Figure 13A 12 Cabin Comfort Added 7 2 84 ENVIRONMENTAL C...

Страница 1086: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 6B21 THRU 6B24 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 6B21...

Страница 1087: ...sure Discharge Disc Visual 6C12 14 20 Propeller and Engine Air Inlet Lip Deicing System 6C13 14 21 Description and Principles of Operation 6C13 14 22 Deicer System Operational Check 6C14 14 23 Trouble...

Страница 1088: ...tenance and Replacement 6E5 14 63 Timer 6E5 14 64 Inspections 6E5 14 65 Ground Procedure 6E5 _ 14 66 100 Hour Inspection 6E7 _ 14 67 Removal of Boots 6E7 14 68 Repair of Boots 6E9 14 69 Cold Repair 6E...

Страница 1089: ...h Testing the Actuator 6F12 14 115 Propeller Synchrophaser Woodward Type I 6F17 14 116 Description of Propeller Synchrophaser System 6F17 14 117 Functional Test 6F17 14 118 Troubleshooting with Minimu...

Страница 1090: ...6 14 143 Engine Compartment Fire Control 6G19 14 144 Fire Detection System 6G19 14 145 General 6G19 14 146 Description and Operation 6G19 14 147 Fire Extinguishing System 6G20 14 148 General 6G20 14 1...

Страница 1091: ...llow electrical equipment to come in contact with the oxygen cylinder Keep fire and heat away from oxygen equipment and take care not to generate sparks with carelessly handled tools 14 6 INSPECTION A...

Страница 1092: ...es 14 9 CLEANINGOPERATIONS To removeoil and greasefrom tubingand fittings one of the following cleaningmethodsmaybe used a First Method 1 A vapor degreasing with stabilized Trichlorethylene conforming...

Страница 1093: ...L KNOB 3 OUTLETS 4 REGULATOR 5 FILLER VALVE 6 OXYGEN CYLINDER 7 LOWPRESSURELINES 8 HIGHPRESSURELINES 9 COMPENSATOR ASSEMBLY NOTE USEDON FAR 135 OXYGEN SYSTEM ONLY Figure 14 1 Oxygen System Installatio...

Страница 1094: ...EESKETCH A SEENOTE 1 OXYGEN CYLINDER 2 GREENOVERPRESSURE DISC 3 REGULATOR 4 FILLERVALVE 5 OXYGEN ON OFFCONTROL 6 PRESSUREGAUGE 7 OUTLET PILOT 8 OUTLET COPILOT 9 OUTLETS PASSENGER SEE NOTE 21 10 COMPEN...

Страница 1095: ...e any offensiveodors present it willbe necessaryto purgethe system Usethe followingprocedure a Park the airplanein aNOSMOKINGarea b Keepall doorsand windowsopen c Besure all electricalsystemsare shut...

Страница 1096: ...the cylinder place it into theairplane through the access opening with the regulator and compensator if installed to the front of the airplane Be careful not to bump the regulator and compensator when...

Страница 1097: ...ingthe clamp b Reconnectthe line at the rear of the gauge TABLEXIV II TROUBLESHOOTING CHART OXYGENSYSTEM Trouble Cause Remedy No indication of pres sureon pressure gauge Cylinderempty or leak in syste...

Страница 1098: ...b Check frame and dump outlet for damage if disc was blown out and repair as required c Flush purge if required NOTE If cylinder safety disc has ruptured remove cylinder per Paragraph 14 14and return...

Страница 1099: ...g Strip portion of the lip deicerand suc cessivelyto the Shedding AreaI phase 1 and SheddingArea II phase2 portions of the lipdeicer Current is alsodeliveredsuccessively via the slip ringand brush blo...

Страница 1100: ...n arc during all four phases of the cycle e With engine stopped remove top engine cowl and unplug the lip deicer boot at the plug and at the ground lead disconnect f With auxiliary power plugged in an...

Страница 1101: ...Figure 14 3 PropellerandEngineAir Inlet LipDeicerSystem Reissued 2 6 81 ACCESSORIES AND UTILITIES 6C15...

Страница 1102: ...1402 NOTE REFERTO SECTION XVFOR SCHEMATIC Figure 14 4 ElectricalDiagramShowingCycleSequence NOTE REFER TO SECTION XVFOR SCHEMATIC Figure14 5 ElectricalDiagramShowingCycleSequence Reissued 2 6 81 ACCE...

Страница 1103: ...02 NOTE REFERTO SECTION XVFOR SCHEMATIC Figure 14 6 ElectricalDiagramShowingCycleSequence 1402 NOTE REFERTO SECTION XVFOR SCHEMATIC Figure 14 7 ElectricalDiagramShowingCycleSequence Reissued 2 6 81 AC...

Страница 1104: ...rmanner as that stated in Paragraph14 41 14 23 TROUBLESHOOTING Troubles peculiar to the deicing system are listed in Table XIV VI at the end of these instructions alongwith their probable causesand su...

Страница 1105: ...oot strap passes under the strap retainer Look for abrasions or cuts especially along the leading edges and the flat or thrust face of the propeller boots If heater wires are exposed in damaged areas...

Страница 1106: ...s through fire wall to timer to ammeter to switch and to aircraft power supply The ammeter will flicker as the timer switches approximately every 34 seconds in the cycle Jumps or flickers at other tim...

Страница 1107: ...ket by removingattaching screws c Separatebrushretainer assemblyby the followingprocedure Referto Figure 14 10 1 Removeterminal block by removingthe four attaching screws 2 Movethe guideblock laterall...

Страница 1108: ...o terminalstuds makingcertain the lead is connectedto properstud g Check for free movementof brushesby pushingthe brushesbackinto the block and allowingthe spring pressure to return them DO NOTSNAP If...

Страница 1109: ...OULD BE ALLOWED TO PROTRUDE FROM BRUSH BLOCK THIS IS THENORMAL POSITION OF THE BRUSH WHEN INSTALLED ON THEAIRCRAFT PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 1 BRUSH GUIDE BLOCK 2 BRUSHES 3 RECEPTACLE 4 SPRING S B...

Страница 1110: ...Withslipringassemblyremovedfrompropellerhub mount in lathe not to exceed0 002 run out over360 degreerotation withrespect to the mountingsurfaceof the slipring assembly Take a light cut for smoothfinis...

Страница 1111: ...Arrangement A936 1 BRUSHMODULE ASSEMBLY3E2011 1 2 BRUSHMODULE ASSEMBLY 3E2011 2 3 BRUSHMODULE ASSEMBLY 3E2011 3 4 SPACER 5 SCREW 6 WASHER 7 LOCKWASHER 8 NUT Figure 14 14 Modu Reissued 2 6 81 PIPER CH...

Страница 1112: ...when 375 inch of brush material remains brush modules must be replaced when 250 inch remains Measure the brushes as shown in Figure 14 10 Replace brush modules as follows NOTE Brushes are not offered...

Страница 1113: ...E AMPS PARTING STRIP LIP CONTINUOUS 13 2 13 8 12 3 C SHEDDING AREA I LIP 34 13 1 D SHEDDING AREA II LIP 34 12 17 E OUTBOARD PROP 34 13 7 F INBOARD PROP 34 TOTAL CYCLE TIME 2 2 minutes MAX LOAD 26 amps...

Страница 1114: ...tective paper is on the side to be cemented Apply masking tape on the open side to prevent the patch from curling as cement dries then strip off protective paper and apply EC1300L or EC1403 cement in...

Страница 1115: ...ce is completely coated f Install the lip assembly and secure with the new Loctite coated screws Wipe off any excess Loctite from around the lip and screw heads g Reconnect the electrical connection o...

Страница 1116: ...PIPER CHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL LINE PATTERN MASKING TAPE 400 Figure 14 17 PropellerDeicerInstallation Reissued 2 6 81 ACCESSORIES ANDUTILITIES 6D6...

Страница 1117: ...ZONE ZONE S N 31T 8304001 VIEW A A 585 STEP3 STEP 4 Figure 14 18 EngineAirInlet LipDeicerInstallation Revised 4 25 83 ACCESSORIES AND UTILITIES 6D7...

Страница 1118: ...APPLICATIONOF CEMENT The followingprocedures are for the applicationof cement on the boots themselvesand on the matingsurface Instructionsfor each type of boot are as follows PropellerBlade DeicerBoot...

Страница 1119: ...r Scissors Turco 3 Turco Products Co Masking Tape 1 1 2 pt for six blades and inlet lip 1 pt for six blades and inlet lip 1 1 2 pt for six blades and inlet lip d Apply an even brush coat of EC1300L or...

Страница 1120: ...btract it from the test readings In no way should it be included in the test readings See Table XIV VA for test values c Do not install a boot assembly that does not conform to the required resistance...

Страница 1121: ...d of the deicer and butt the two ends together on the inlet surface Press into position and roll with rubber roller k Now that the deicer ends are correctly in position and held release your hold on t...

Страница 1122: ...ing a yellow marker mark the inner surface of the boot at increments of 25 50 and 75of full length Also make corresponding marks on the fiberglass lip assembly d Apply one coat of Scotch grip rubber a...

Страница 1123: ...sealer from contacting any areas beyond the deicer boot edges m Apply one even coat of sealer around the edge of the installed deicer both outside and inside of the intake scoop and in the seam at th...

Страница 1124: ...ICE MANUAL 401 Figure 14 20 Sealer Application Lead Strap BULGEON HARNESS BETWEEN TERMINAL SCREWSAND CLAMP TYPICALBOTH ENDSOF WIRE HARNESS POSITIONTERMINALS AS SHOWN TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH PROPHUB...

Страница 1125: ...propeller deicer to allow application of filler directly to metal Place masking tape along the edge of the recess on the outside of the engine air inlet scoop to allow application of filler directly...

Страница 1126: ...ller Deicer Lip Deicer Parting Strip Shedding Area I Shedding Area II TABLE XIV VA ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE LIP DEICER S N 31T 8304001 and up LEAD WIRE HEATER ZONE RESISTANCE OHMS 1 2 3 I II III III 966...

Страница 1127: ...0 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 66 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL TABLE XIV VB LIP DEICER TEMPERATURE SENSOR CHECK RESISTANCE OHMS 286 280 272 264 258 250 244 236 230 224 218 212 206 200 194 188 182 176 170 1...

Страница 1128: ...owing resistance check The isolating can be done by removing the brush block disconnecting the timer and engine wire harness at any convenient place or by retracting the brushes and slipping a sheet o...

Страница 1129: ...on 4 Reconnectthe circuitand installthe enginecowl 14 49 INSTALLATION OF PROPELLERDEICERSTRAPSANDWIREHARNESS a The deicer lead strap is fastened to the bulkhead in the samepositions from which they we...

Страница 1130: ...perative thesecomponents mustbereplacedwithoneof thecorrect part numbers Foranyotherrepair or maintenance problemsnot covered inthis manual inquire at B F GoodrichEngineeredSystemsCompany Division of...

Страница 1131: ...deliver system voltage to C D E and F contacts in that order The starting point is not important but sequence must be as given Each of these four contacts must deliver voltage for approximately34 sec...

Страница 1132: ...If voltage is satisfactoryat switchoutput go to next step Test for voltageup to and out of ammeter If lowor zero output and input satisfactory re placeammeter If no voltageto ammeter lo cateand fix b...

Страница 1133: ...romdeicer to ground Ammetershowsnormal current part of cycle lowcurrent restof cycle Elementsof different phasesheatingin the samephase Breakin deiceror slip ringleads Locateandrepair in correct conne...

Страница 1134: ...meter Highresistanceup to timer Checkfor partially broken wire looseor corrodedconnectionin wiringfromaircraft supply to timerinput Ammetershowsexcess current overentire cycle Ammeterfaulty Test for...

Страница 1135: ...t check for ground from slipringlead to pro pellerassemblywhile flexingslipringand deicerleads If a ground isindicated locateand correct short Checkfor cuts or low resistancebetweencircuits If any loc...

Страница 1136: ...rough or dirty slipringscausingbrush to skip or poor connection at plug If not this trace circuits to locate andfix loose or poor connection If all heaters on onedeicer are affected checkthe groundcir...

Страница 1137: ...ithin 8 inchesof radio equip ment wiring Relocate at least 8 inchesawayfrom input wiringto radio equip ment Cyclingsequencenot correct Rapid brush wear or frequent breakage Crossedconnections Brushblo...

Страница 1138: ...n routed to a three way valve which directs the pressurizedair to the deicer system Upon automatic de energizationof the solenoid valve by the timer systempressure is bled to ambient by meansof the ej...

Страница 1139: ...justment screw clockwise then tighten jam nut To decreasepressure the adjustment screw is turned counterclockwise Whenproper pressure is set reconnect the pneumatic line to the regulator outlet port s...

Страница 1140: ...R ASSEMBLY RIGHT 7 SWITCH 8 CHECK VALVE 9 ACCUMULATOR ASSEMBLY 10 PRESSURE REGULATOR 11 DEICE EJECTOR ASSEMBLY 12 VALVE COAXIAL SOLENOID 3 WAY 13 INTERCOOLER ASSEMBLY LEFT 14 ENGINE BLEED AIR PORT 15...

Страница 1141: ...lof deicerboots should be done in a well ventilated area to avoid difficulty from the fumes of the solvents Materialsrequired to removethe boots are Turco 388 or Kelite 21 to removedried cement and ME...

Страница 1142: ...E PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL 421 ALL Figure 14 25 PneumaticDeicerBoots Operation PRESSURE INDICATOR LT PRESSURE SWITCH SURFACEDE ICE 5 AMP SW POWER RELAY Figure14 26 PneumaticDeicerSystemSchematic Re...

Страница 1143: ...to the patched area 5 Satisfactory adhesion of patch to deicer will be reached in four hours Deicer may be inflated for checkingrepair ina minimumof 20 minutes b TUBEAREA DAMAGE Repair cuts tears or...

Страница 1144: ...Buffingsticks BuffingShield Thiscement willgivebest resultswiththe patchesin this kit The followingitems may be procured fromthe B F GoodrichCo Akron Ohio or other manufacturer as required 74451 21 7...

Страница 1145: ...n of the deicer starting to flex fail This type of failureis more easilydetected in the form of a blisterunder the surface ply when deicer is pressurized If this type of damage or void is detected whi...

Страница 1146: ...ded to resist sunlight and weather and retain flexibility It is recommended that only materials as listedin Table XIV IX be used in making vulcanizedrepairs They are sufficientto supply a one or two m...

Страница 1147: ...forevulcanizing removeall excesscementand dust particlesby washingwith solvent h Use cleanbrushes when makingrepairs Oil paint or other residuemay impair adhesion Clean cement brusheswithBenzineor non...

Страница 1148: ...NEEDLE ELECTRICBUFFER MANDREL for felt wheels WHEELS felt buffing STONE Grinding pointed STONE Grinding flat NUT Hex 1 1 1 3 2 1 2 1 1 1 6 1 3 1 6 1 3 24 3 4 3 NOTE Over curingdestroys the flexibilit...

Страница 1149: ...other area except tube flex and stretch the area by hand severaltimes andthen carefullyexaminefor soundness If in a tube inflate to 25 psig 14 75 SURFACESCUFFS Repair as follows a Washsurfaceto be res...

Страница 1150: ...s a Mark off area to be routed and carefully cut the 0 010 inch surfaceply with knife This will prevent the surfaceply from peelingbeyond the area marked when using buffer Area shouldincludefull width...

Страница 1151: ...inch beyond cut and wash thoroughly entire buffed area andcement b Cut fabricpatch wash and cement then apply fabric patch and stitch Removeany trapped air usinghypodermicneedle c Washand cement repa...

Страница 1152: ...ment exposedsurfacesof fabricpatches h Replacegumin between tubesand applypatch to backside i On surfaceside maskoff the repairedarea and fill flushwith Neopreneputty j Curesurfacesidefirst for 22 min...

Страница 1153: ...lied over bare leadingedges Whenhard scuffsand chromate surfaces then clean before applicationof cement NOTE PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL Figure 14 35 Placingand StitchingGum Figure 14 36 RemovingTrap...

Страница 1154: ...ed as the humidity approaches99 Deicer and leadingedge may be cemented for amaximumof 48 hours before actualinstallation if cementedparts are coveredand kept clean Snap a chalk line along the leadinge...

Страница 1155: ...nlint free cloth moistened with Toluol Insert connectionsin leadingedge holes when cement has dried to a tacky state and rubber rollboot to leadingedgein tackifiedarea c If the deicer should attach of...

Страница 1156: ...rnerof boot in questionsufficientlyto attach a spring clamp b Attach aspring scaleto this clampand pullwith force 180 to the surfaceandin sucha direction that the boot tends to be removedon the diagon...

Страница 1157: ...should never besprayed as aeration will occur causing an extreme fire hazard as well as the loss of vital compounds needed for the protective agents to penetrate the rubber Container should be kept t...

Страница 1158: ...eaned with a mild soap and water solution After cleaning the boots thoroughly rinse with clean water and allow to dry completely Apply Icex as described previously one quart will cover approximately 5...

Страница 1159: ...ughly with Isopropyl Acetate a Roughen entire surface of boot using a fine grit sandpaper b Clean surface again with clean lint free cloth moistened with cleaning solvent c Apply masking tape beyond u...

Страница 1160: ...Blowout linesandin spect connections Makeair leakagetest Deicersinflate slowly Inflation time 6 seconds Linespartiallyblocked or not connected securely Blowout linesandin spect connections Makeair le...

Страница 1161: ...MOVAL a Besure the switchis in the off position b Remove the nacelle sideaccesspanel that the lamp assemblyis mounted to and disconnectthe wireconnections on the back of the lamp c Removethe four clip...

Страница 1162: ...g the system Whenthe propellers are synchronizedmanually there is a 50 RPM maximum effective synchronizing range when the systemis activated 14 100 FUNCTIONALTEST Thistest shouldbe done in flight Firs...

Страница 1163: ...SPEED GOVERNOR RIGHT 4 PROPELLER CONSTANT SPEED GOVERNOR RIGHT 5 CONTROL BOX ASSEMBLY 6 CIRCUIT BREAKER 7 SWITCH ASSEMBLY 8 ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY 9 CONNECTOR E222 10 CONNECTOR E334 11 CONNECTOR El25 12 CO...

Страница 1164: ...to 8 5 ohms 13to 17ohms 6 5 to 8 5 ohms 6 5 to 8 5 ohms 13 to 17 ohms 6 5 to 8 5 ohms 6 5 to 8 5 ohms 13 to 17 ohms 6 5 to 8 5 ohms DEFECTIVE PICKUP TEST STEP NO 7 TEST BETWEEN RECEPTACLE NUMBERS 8 7...

Страница 1165: ...ion c Visually observe the overspeed governor mounted speed pickups for oil leaks or evidence of loosening This could indicate a change in the pickup clearance d Remove the flexible shaft at the actua...

Страница 1166: ...r action is affected by RPMand or power setting particularlyat lower cruise RPMand power settings This would indicate a possiblyunacceptably rough governordrive If operation at lower RPMresults in imp...

Страница 1167: ...bolt securing the trimmer rod end to the governor control leverand removethe trimmer assembly 14 106 INSTALLATION OFTRIMMERASSEMBLY a Positionthe trimmer onto the propellercontrol rod b Alignthe trimm...

Страница 1168: ...rod Refer to Figure 14 41 DimensionB Thisis an initial settingonly e Movethe left propeller control lever at the pedestalto its full forward position The stop on the governormust be contacted if not...

Страница 1169: ...ntingthe total number of turns from stop to stop then return the actuator driveto the center position b Installthe actuator to the mountingbracketand securein placewith four screwsand locknuts c Conne...

Страница 1170: ...atinglights jacks for checkingvoltagesand ohm values and an oscilliatorsystemwithwhichmagneticpickupoutput maybesimulated Thisallowspartiallychecking the control box without running the engines 14 114...

Страница 1171: ...n to Woodward GovernorCompanyfor repair Magneticpickupvoltage incorrect Return to Woodward GovernorCompanyfor repair Malfunctioningcontrol box actuator or wiring Malfunctioningcontrol box Excessivetor...

Страница 1172: ...t PLUG 1 Cinch Jones8 connector plug P N P 308CCT SOCKET 1 Cinch Jones8 connectorsocket P N S 308CCT BULB 12 Miniature Flange Bass Lamp B ON 213350 CONTROL BOXES G CHANGE OR EARLIER B GROUND ON H CHAN...

Страница 1173: ...ickup leadsor Jones plug leads PerformSteps7 and 8 of test for defective pickup Intermittent shortsor opensin thepickup or its wiring Monitorpickup voltage produced Replacede fectivepickup Synchronize...

Страница 1174: ...ectrical accessory Replacecontrol box Repairoffending electricalaccessory Excessivemechanical friction Correct mechanical binding Synchronizeroperates intermittently Excessivemechanical friction Corre...

Страница 1175: ...ropellers manually and then switch the synchrophaser ON Now slowly adjust the master engine propeller governor control lever in small increments to increase and decrease the RPM The RPM range over whi...

Страница 1176: ...ERNOR RIGHT 4 PROPELLER CONSTANT SPEED GOVERNOR RIGHT 5 CONTROL BOX ASSEMBLY 6 CIRCUIT BREAKER 7 SWITCH ASSEMBLY 8 ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY 9 CONNECTOR 10 CONNECTOR 11 CONNECTOR 12 CONNECTOR 13 MAGNETIC PHAS...

Страница 1177: ...ble XIV XVI 4 4 5 4 3 13to 17 ohms 6 5 to 8 5 ohms 13 to 17 ohms 6 5 to 8 5 ohms 13 to 17 ohms 6 5 to 8 5 ohms 6 3 1 STEP NO S 7 11 Test for Defective Pickup STEP NO S 12 13Test Aircraft Wiring 10 PIN...

Страница 1178: ...the ohmmeter and read on the X1 or X10 scale NOTE If another accessory uses the same circuit protector turn this accessory off before starting tests The control box must be un plugged for these tests...

Страница 1179: ...ster engine synchronizer pickup voltage These values should be between 85 volt minimum and 4 volt maximum for the synchronizer pickup These are RMS voltages as read on a 5000 ohm volt AC voltmeter g T...

Страница 1180: ...ROP SYNC CONTROLASSY PROP SYNC SWITCH E334 CONN E104 CONN E222 CONN El42 CONN REFER TO PROP SYNCHROPHASER SCHEMATIC SECTION XV Figure 1445 Propeller Synchrophaser Diagram Woodward Type 1 ACCESSORIES A...

Страница 1181: ...ly and cleaning of the governors by an approved overhaul facility CAUTION The control box and actuator have the capability of damaging each other as follows If the control box turns on steady it will...

Страница 1182: ...ts center position Refer to Paragraph 14 126 h With the trimmer assembly and actuator motor at these centered positions connect the flexible shaft to the trimmer and secure with nut and safety wire as...

Страница 1183: ...ntrol alignment k Check the clearance between the trimmer and rod end assembly as shown in Figure 14 46 Dimension C 1 Safety all joints and adjust pedestal micro switch 14 125 REMOVAL OF ACTUATOR a Re...

Страница 1184: ...ortion of the system A small test instrument P N WT 46192 can be built in the field from the diagram and parts list in Figure 14 49 This instrument has pulse indicating lights and jacks for checking v...

Страница 1185: ...hms 14 132 a b c d e f MAGNETIC PHASE PICKUP REMOVAL INSTALLATION AND ADJUSTMENT Remove the engine cowling Refer to Section VIII or Section VIIIA Disconnect electrical wiring from the magnetic pickup...

Страница 1186: ...oth lights on continuously No pulsing activity Excessive pulsing in one direction Malfunctioning control box actuator or wiring Malfunctioning control box Excessive torque required to trim the governo...

Страница 1187: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 14 49 Test Instrument WT 46192 Reissued 2 6 81 ACCESSORIES AND UTILITIES 6G5...

Страница 1188: ...g Monitor pickup voltage produced Replace defective pickup Synchrophaser will not center Malfunctioning slave governor pickup Replace pickup adjust clearance or repair leads Defective control box Mech...

Страница 1189: ...s Repair offending electrical from other electrical accessory accessory Excessive mechanical Correct mechanical binding friction Synchrophaser operates Excessive mechanical Decrease torque required to...

Страница 1190: ...h as from climb to cruise switch the synchrophaser OFF move the propeller levers to the desired setting and manually synchronize then turn the synchrophaser back ON Whenever an engine isto befeathered...

Страница 1191: ...EED GOVERNOR RIGHT 016 TO 028 5 CONTROL BOX ASSEMBLY OF AN INCH 6 CIRCUITBREAKER 7 SWITCH ASSEMBLY 8 CONNECTOR 9 CONNECTOR 10 CONNECTOR 11 CONNECTOR 12 MAGNETIC PHASE PICKUP 13 TARGET 3 Figure 14 50 P...

Страница 1192: ...lugsocket Zerothe ohmmeterand readon the XI to X10 scale NOTE If another accessory uses the same circuit protector turn this accessory off before starting tests The control box must be unpluggedfor th...

Страница 1193: ...110 ohms open circuit 90 110 ohms open circuit open circuit open circuit 140 190ohms 140 190ohms c When the system meets all of the above test values turn the master switch ON and reset the synchroph...

Страница 1194: ...he control box exchange it for another unit NOTE If troubles still persist with the system it should be checked by an approved governor overhaul station or the Woodward Governor Company 14 139 OHMMETE...

Страница 1195: ...JONES PLUG LEFT PICKUP PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL BOX SWITCH BREAKER PANEL Figure 14 51 Propeller Synchrophaser Diagram Woodward Type II ACCESSORIESAND UTILITIES Reissued 2 6 81 6G13...

Страница 1196: ...should be 016 to 028 of an inch Insure that the magnetic disc makes contact and not locknut Refer to Figure 14 50 g Insure that all targets are within the clearance specified h Safety wire locknut and...

Страница 1197: ...roubleshooting and repair The autofeather system must be preflight operational checked prior to TAKEOFF Refer to Pilot s Operating Handbook NOTE Retarding either power lever prior to the affected engi...

Страница 1198: ...round 28 and aircraft ground I and aircraft ground 2 and aircraft ground 5 and aircraft ground 6 and aircraft ground 7 and aircraft ground 8 and aircraft ground 18and 20 11 and 15 11and 9 14and 10 14a...

Страница 1199: ...hunt will vary depending on which coil is defective and whether the basic governor speed setting of that governor is equal to higher than or lower than the other governor Sync coil leads aircraft wiri...

Страница 1200: ...short or defective control box One side of control box defective Defective control box Repair OPEN wiring or replace governor Replace governor repair wiring repair or replace connector Correct wiring...

Страница 1201: ...nt fire sealin the hot section and one locatedat the bottom of the rear fire sealin the accessorysection The thermal units actuate at a temperature of 450 F Wheneverthe contacts in any one of the ther...

Страница 1202: ...melts thus relievingthe contents of the container bottle andavoidinganypossibleburstingof the container 14 150 TESTINGEXTINGUISHING SYSTEM a A quick check may be made of the systemelectricalcircuit by...

Страница 1203: ...lower engine cowling c Disconnect the three wires that connect the squib unit with the aircraft harness CAUTION Charged bottles must be handled with care to avoid damaging the seal Do not bring any e...

Страница 1204: ...the purpose of replacement it should be weighed and must fall within 0 25 pounds of the total weight stamped on the data plate c If the bottle is found underweight or damaged it must be replaced with...

Страница 1205: ...zing the trigger grip Releasing the trigger automatically stops further discharge of the extinguishing agent Read the instructions on the nameplate and become familiar with the unit before an emergenc...

Страница 1206: ...PIPER CHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLYBLANK 6G24 Interim Revision 10 15 97 ACCESSORIES AND UTILITIES...

Страница 1207: ...ct with rough abrasives or sharp objects Visible scratch undetectable when passing a fingernail over the scratch Considered non critical other than beingan appearance defect A scratch measuring less t...

Страница 1208: ...y appearance on the glass is not acceptable if the amount of haze fog causes an obstruction of vision in the area used for operation of the aircraft 5 Scratches a A scratch no longer than 0 062 inch 1...

Страница 1209: ...bovethewindshieldretrainerstrip b Distortionmaynot beso severethat it restrictsvisionor divertsrunwaylinesor sectionlines more than 45 c Slighthorizontaldistortionis acceptable if there are no moretha...

Страница 1210: ...618 mm thick after rework 4 0 380 inch 9 652 mm panes are a minimum of 0 342 inch 8 687 mm thick after rework 5 No vision distortions in critical and semi critical areas as a result of rework c Replac...

Страница 1211: ...pping agent was used Use the prism method described in step 3 to inspect the entire circumference of the window for stripper damage etching especially in areas concealed by window frames retainers pla...

Страница 1212: ...spection g The image of a cracked hole will appear as a frosty or reflective projection extending from the hole see detail A A Figure 14 APP 3 h The image of a crack from one hole to another will appe...

Страница 1213: ...cent bolt holes is 0 300 inch 7 62mm seeFigure 14 APP 3 c If a crack less than 0 300 inch 7 62mm is left unrepaired reinspect the window each additional 25 hours of aircraft operation d A maximum of t...

Страница 1214: ...of an inch in depth having sharp edges which cause hanging of fingernail should be locally rounded out or buffed 1 Clean the window using generous amounts of water and a mild detergent 2 Use a scratc...

Страница 1215: ...PIPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL PAGES6H9THRU 6L24 INTENTIONALLYBLANK 6H9 ACCESSORIESANDUTILITIES Added 10 15 97...

Страница 1216: ...ICE MANUAL CARD 7OF8 PA 31T CHEYENNE PA 31T CHEYENNE II PA 31T1 CHEYENNE I PA 31T1 CHEYENNE IA PA 31T2 CHEYENNE IIXL PIPER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION JULY 2 1984 PART NUMBER 753 826 7A1 INTERIM REVISION OCT...

Страница 1217: ...d number is vertical line reference per card Example 2J16 Aerofiche card number two of given set Grid location J16 To aid in locating the various chapters and related service information desired the f...

Страница 1218: ...984 July 2 1984 February 20 1986 April 30 1986 August 21 1986 June 15 1988 March 13 1990 October 19 1994 March 20 1995 October 15 1997 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1 Only 1 2 3 4 5 6 7and 8...

Страница 1219: ...TAND PA 31T1 2111 AEROFICHECARDNO 3 VIIIA POWERPLANT PA 31T2 3A8 IX FUELSYSTEM 3D7 X INSTRUMENTS 3F2 AEROFICHECARDNO 4 XI ELECTRICALSYSTEM 4A7 AEROFICHE CARDNO 5 XII ELECTRONICS 5A9 XIII ENVIRONMENTAL...

Страница 1220: ...31T 7720008 to 7720069 S N s 31T 7820001to 8020092 PA 31TI S N s 31T 7804001to 8004057 Cigar Lighter Only PA 31T S N s 31T 8120001 and up PA 31T1 S N s 31T 8104001and up Flush Toilet Thermos Razor In...

Страница 1221: ...and up PA 31T1 S N s 31T 7804001 to 8004057 S N s 31T 8104001 and up Pitot Heat Left and Right PA 31T S N s 31T 7400002 to 7720007 S N s 31T 7720008 to 8020092 S N s 31T 8120001and up PA 31T1 S N s 31...

Страница 1222: ...7720069 7E17 15 100 SN s 31T 7820001 to 7920094 7E19 15 101 S N s 31T 8020001 to 8020092 7E21 15 102 S N s 31T 8120001 and up 7E23 15 100 PA 31TI S N s 31T 7804001 to 7904057 7E19 15 101 S N s 31T 80...

Страница 1223: ...7720008to 7720069 7H7 15 131 S N s 31T 7820001to 790005 7H9 15 132 S N s 31T 7920006to 7920094 7H11 15 133 S N s 31T 8020001to 8020092 7H13 15 134 S N s 31T 8120001to 8120060 7H15 15 134a S N s 31T 8...

Страница 1224: ...to 7720007 S N s 31T 7720008 to 7720069 S N s 31T 7820001 to 8020092 S N s 31T 8120001and up PA 31T1 S N s 31T 7804001to 8004057 S N s 31T 8104001 and up Fuel System Right PA 31T S N s 31T 7400002 to...

Страница 1225: ...Left Right PA 31T S N s 31T 8120001 and up PA 31TI S N s 31T 8104001 and up Reverse NOT READY lights Torque Meters Left Right PA 31T S N s 31T 7400002 to 7720007 S N s 31T 7720008 and up PA 31T1 S N...

Страница 1226: ...31T 8104001 31T 7400002 31T 7720008 31T 8120001 31T 7804001 31T 8104001 to 8020092 and up to 8004057 and up to 7720007 to 8020092 and up to 8004057 and up 31T 8020001 to 8020092 31T 8120001 and up 31T...

Страница 1227: ...S N s 31T 8120001 and up 7H3 15 127 PA 31TI S N s 31T 7804001 to 8004057 7HI 15 128 S N s 31T 8104001 and up 7H3 Propeller and Gas Generators Left Right Earlier Models 7A17 Propeller and Gas Generato...

Страница 1228: ...7904057 W Time Delay S N s 31T 8004001 to 8004057 S N s 31T 8104001 to 8104067 and 8104069 S N s 31T 8104068 8104070 and up 15 110 7F13 7F13 7F14 7F14 7B9 7B9 7B9 15 110a 15 28 15 29 15 29 Windshield...

Страница 1229: ...WIRE SEGMENTLETTER WIRE GAUGE PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL HARNESSCONNECTOR E 100 Series Left Wingand Nacelle E 200 Series Right Wingand Nacelle E 300 Series From Fuselage Station 81 00 Aft E 400 Series...

Страница 1230: ...ON THERMAL SWITCH ELECTRICAL CLUTCH PNUEMATIC OR VACUUM N C FUSE RESISTOR ZENER DE TERMINAL BLOCK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 POTENTIO METER NOISE FILTER CONDUCTORS PUSH BUTTON SWITCH CONDUCTORS SWITCH SHIELDED C...

Страница 1231: ...S I SEE STARTER GENERATOR LEFT 2 SEE STARTER GENERATOR RIGHT 3 SEE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL 4 SEE FLIGHTCLEARANCE SWITCH ICE BUS PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL451 29715 SEE NOTE 3 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Reissue...

Страница 1232: ...sed 4 25 83 PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL EL401 NOT USED ON AIRCRAFT PA 31T S N 31T 7620001 AND UP Figure 15 2 Reverse Not Ready Lights Figure 15 3 Prop and Gas Generator Right and Left Earlier Models EL...

Страница 1233: ...CONN PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 154 Prop and Gas Generator Right and Left PA 31T S N 31T 8120001 and up and PA 31TI S N 31T 8104001 and up EL452 29715...

Страница 1234: ...FORWIRING CONTINUATION PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 15 6 Hourmeter and O A T Figure 15 7 Hourmeter and O A T NOTE 7A19...

Страница 1235: ...Figure 15 9 Cabin Instruments PA 31T S N 31T 8120001 and up PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL453 29713 E402 CONN BAT BUS 2 HOURMETER E331 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Reissued 2 6 81 7A20...

Страница 1236: ...20008 and up and PA 31TI S N 31T 7804001 and up PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 15 10 Torque Meters Right and Left PA 31T S N 31T 7400002 to 7720007 USED ON PA 31T S N 31T 7820001 AND UP AND PA 3...

Страница 1237: ...OTES 1 THREE 1 6 OHM RESISTORS ARE LOCATED AFT OF STA 81 00 RIGHT SIDE FORWARD OF INSTRUMENT PANELON EARLYMODELS ONLY 24VCIGARLIGHTER DOES NOT REQUIRERESISTORS 2 H 3 IS REMOVED WITH RESISTORS 3 NON ES...

Страница 1238: ...ET Figure 15 14 Cigar Lighter Heated Thermos and Razor Outlet PA 31T S N 31T 7720008 to 7720069 EL05 55103 RAZOR OUTLET Figure 15 15 Cigar Lighter Heated Thermos and Razor Outlet PA 3T S N 31T 7820001...

Страница 1239: ...E402 CONN 31T 8104001 and up Figure 15 17 Heated Thermos Razor Inverter and Flush Toilet PA 31T S N 31T 8120001 and up and PA 31TI S N 31T 8104001 and up Reissued 2 6 81 7A24 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1240: ...R CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 15 18 Cabin Pressure Control PA 31T S N 31T 7400002 to 7720007 Figure 15 19 Cabin Pressure Control PA 3 IT S N 31T 7720008 to 7720069 Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1241: ...e 15 20 Cabin Pressure Control PA 31T S N 31T 7820001 to 7820092 and PA 31TI S N 31T 7804001 to 7804011 CABIN DOOR SOLENOID CABIN MAP AJAR ESS BUS CABIN PRESSURE CONTROL 5 AMP NOTE Used nn PA 31T S N...

Страница 1242: ...N DOOR SOLENOID NOTES 1 SEE LANDING GEAR 2 SEE PANEL LIGHTS 3 SEE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL CABIN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH AFT PRESS BULKHEAD CONN E450 UNPRESSURIZED AIR SOUR...

Страница 1243: ...Figure 15 23 Cabin PA 31T S N 31T 8120001 and up and PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL NOTES Pressure Control PA 31TI S N 31T 8104001 and up Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7B4...

Страница 1244: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL408 50715...

Страница 1245: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL L ANNUNCIATOR PANEL Figure 15 25 Oil Temperature Right and Left PA 31T S N 31T 7720029 to 7720069 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Reissued 2 6 81 7B6...

Страница 1246: ...ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7B7...

Страница 1247: ...Figure 15 27 Oil Temperature Oil Pressure Right and Left PA 31T S N 31T 8120001 and up and PA 31T1 S N 31T 8104001 and up ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Revised 9 23 81 7B8...

Страница 1248: ...NOTE...

Страница 1249: ...EL412 5070 NON ESS BUS HEAT HEAT PA 31T S N 31T 7400002 to 7720007 NON ESS BUS Figure 15 31 Pitot Heat Right and Left PA 31T S N 31T 7720008 to 8020092 and PA 31TI S N 31T 7804001 to 8004057 ELECTRICA...

Страница 1250: ......

Страница 1251: ...Figure 15 33 Fire Extinguishers PA 31T S N 31T 7400002 to 7720007 Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7B12...

Страница 1252: ...Figure 15 34 Fire Extinguishers PA 31T S N 31T 7720008 to 7720069 Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7B13...

Страница 1253: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 15 35 Fire Extinguishers PA 31T S N 31T 7820001 to 8020092 and PA 31TI S N 31T 7804001 to 8004057 Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7B14...

Страница 1254: ...EL459 29713 E331 CONN PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 7B15...

Страница 1255: ...UNIT PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL41 6 50715 E 104 CONN LEFT IGNITION ARM SWITCH CONDITION LEVER Figure 15 37 Ignition Right and Left PA 31T S N 31T 7400002 to 7720007 Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL S...

Страница 1256: ...SEE NOTE RIGHT IGNITION ARM SWITCH MIXTURE CONTROL NOTE USEDONPA 31TS N 31T 7820001 ANDUPAND PA 31T1S N 31T1 7804001 ANDUP Figure 15 38 Ignition Right and Left PA 31T S N 31T 7720008 to 8020092 and P...

Страница 1257: ...SEE NOTE I...

Страница 1258: ...ER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL NOTES 1 SEE STARTER GENERATORS Figure 15 40 Ignition Opt Right and Left PA 31T S N 31T 8120001 and up and PA 31T1 S N 31T 8104001 and up Revised 9 23 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7B...

Страница 1259: ...366 CONN E 341 CONN E 366 CONN NOTE NOTE 367 CONN NOTE WIRING FOR THESE UNITS NOT USED IF AUTOPILOT IS INSTALLED REFER TO APPROPRIATE PIPER SERVICE MANUAL INFORMATION LOCATED IN SECTION XII BELOW THE...

Страница 1260: ......

Страница 1261: ...ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7B22...

Страница 1262: ...LT TAIL Figure 15 44 Position and Strobe Lights PA 31T S N 31T 7400002 to 7720007 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL420 50707 ESS BUS E 305 CONN POSITION LIGHTS NAV LT GREEN E 132 CONN ONN STROBE POWER...

Страница 1263: ...ANTI COLLISION T SW NAV TAIL LIGHT...

Страница 1264: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL...

Страница 1265: ...EL464 29705 RIGHT MAIN BUS ANTI COLLISION LIGHTS LIGHTS ANTI COLLISION SWITCH STD E109 CONN Figure 15 47 Anti Collision Lights PA 31T S N 31T 8120001 and up and PA 31TI S N 31T 8104001 and up ELECTRIC...

Страница 1266: ...EL422 PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL...

Страница 1267: ......

Страница 1268: ...01 and up and PA 31TI S N 31T 8104001 and up EL423 29210 EENOTE 1 NOTES 1 TO AIRCRAFTMASTER SWITCH GRD WHEN SWITCH IS OFF AND OPEN WHEN SWITCH IS ON 2 TO AUDIO AMP 3 TO COMM 1 4 TO AUDIO CIRCUITBREAKE...

Страница 1269: ...THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 7C6...

Страница 1270: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 7C7...

Страница 1271: ...7C8...

Страница 1272: ......

Страница 1273: ...CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL E401 CONN NOTE 1 SEE ANNUNCIATORPANEL Figure 15 56 Baggage Ajar Aisle Exit and Time Delay Lights PA 31T S N 31T 8120001 and up and PA 31TI S N 31T 8104001 and up Revised 2 15...

Страница 1274: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL ELM7 29706 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Revised 2 15 82...

Страница 1275: ......

Страница 1276: ......

Страница 1277: ...CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL WING FLAP MOTOR IN3319 NOTES 1 A TO AUTOPILOTFLAP COMPUTER RELAYCOIL Figure 15 60 Wing Flap Motor and Control PA 31T S N 31T 7720008 to 7720069 Revised 4 25 83 ELECTRICAL SYSTE...

Страница 1278: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 15 61 Wing Flap Motor and Control PA 31T S N 31T 7820001 to 7820086 and PA 31T1 S N 31T1 7804001 to 7804011 Revised 4 25 83 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7C15...

Страница 1279: ......

Страница 1280: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL...

Страница 1281: ...PIPERCHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL Figure 15 64 Oil Cooler Doors Rightand Left PA 31TS N 31T 7400002to 7720007 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7C18 InterimRevision 10 15 97...

Страница 1282: ...55101 PIPERCHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL RIGHTENGINE BUS Figure 15 65 Oil Cooler Doors Right and Left PA 31TS N 31T 7720008to 7720069 Interim Revision 10 15 97 7C19 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1283: ...PIPERCHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL 55101...

Страница 1284: ......

Страница 1285: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL432 50713 SS108...

Страница 1286: ...EL433 PIPERCHEYENNE SERVICEMANUAL PROP SYNC Figure 15 69 Prop Sync PA 31T S N 31T 7920036 to 8020092 and PA 31T1 S N 31T 7904019 to 8004057 Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7C23...

Страница 1287: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL470 29712 Figure 15 70 Prop Sync PA 31T S N 311 8120001 and up and PA 31T1 SN 31T 8104001 and up Reissued 2 6 7C24...

Страница 1288: ...ire Extinguishers 2 Cabin Map and Door Ajar Lights 3 Cabin Pressure Control 4 Starter Generator Left or Starter Generator Rignt 5 Oil Temperature Right Lett Figure 15 71 Annunciator Panel PA 31T SN 31...

Страница 1289: ...Figure 15 72 Annunciator Panel PA 31T S N 31T 7720008 to 7720069 Revised 2 15 82 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7D2...

Страница 1290: ...NOTE...

Страница 1291: ......

Страница 1292: ......

Страница 1293: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL471...

Страница 1294: ...Figure 15 77 Surface Deice PA 31T S N 31T 7400002 to 7720007 Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7D7...

Страница 1295: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL440 20...

Страница 1296: ...SURFACE PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL4 7 2 29707 RIGHT MAIN BUS Figure 15 79 Surface Deice PA 31T S N 31T 8120001 and up and PA 31TI S N 31T 8104001 and up ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7D9...

Страница 1297: ...Figure 15 80 Windshield Heat Right and Left PA 31T S N 31T 7400002 to 7720007 Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7D10...

Страница 1298: ......

Страница 1299: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL...

Страница 1300: ...Figure 15 83 Windshield Heat Right and Left PA 31T S N 31T 8120001 and up and PA 31T1 S N 31T 8104001 and up Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7D13...

Страница 1301: ......

Страница 1302: ...Figure 15 85 Fuel System Right PA 31T S N 31T 7720008 to 7720069 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7D15...

Страница 1303: ...Figure 15 86 Fuel System Right PA 31T S N 31T 7820001 to 8020092 and PA 31TI S N 31T 7804001 to 8004057 Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7D16...

Страница 1304: ......

Страница 1305: ...THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 7D18...

Страница 1306: ...NNOO 9013 X1 X t rl oI WaLSAS IV3DLL33 13 OZ U 6 TUl L 18 9 Z panss aH 61 LOOOZLL ol ZOOOOL lI N S I E Vd Ja I mails S ana 88 gSI aJngi OlVwtO S O0OIe V1S 3e9139Sn NO 31uW3 00 3 J 1l 001 VJ 1 3eV13nl...

Страница 1307: ...3 H dWV dW3 110 s MOl 13nI 1131 ZZUL IZa U L 18Z 9 Z panss a hIalSAS 1V3IHIJ313 6900ZLL 1o 8000ZLL lIE N S llE Vd J9a uwals Slan_ 68 Sl a Jna 3 O via 1 S dW31 33S310 Si 90 03 EE J 9 1 A 3j 110 335 oz...

Страница 1308: ......

Страница 1309: ...OOZ18 1I N S LIE Vd lJQ uIalsS land 16 1 OJn NNOD 9013 13NWd VO1VDONnNNV 335 Z iH4od I3SAS 13nl3 335 1 S310N IV3H SlOlflN LNO0 13nid 1331 O3111 d J13 NNOD NlVNi 901 3 1NOg3l V V 10 INVd l S _ Z a a Nb...

Страница 1310: ...L o0 ZOOOOL J I N S L1 E Vd lJa loloauaO9D JlolS Z6 SI a nS I AVN 1J3 SNItMVIS iI CD3D NO0 lt 3 LZ Z l I 9 i 3 eEl NN00 01 3 INO0 l I3 0Q31 N3D 13 3 1 S3 JH0Il ONINMIdM MO LVI3N3e lJ31 dl V 002 31 1 S...

Страница 1311: ..._ NOI nNIIN0 _ 45 _ __ Tlvrd 3 I N39 14331 M H viz3_ 91 t1 L 8ZJ 1 D p ___ ___ N39 I __ O r 99 Vl 91 1j 1 i I I WOSN35 a a _ La O__ _ _ _V O l AOl _ 1431P I4 an a 55 91 9 i 91 5 H H I I 1 _ SI__ l3 31...

Страница 1312: ...NOIlvnNIINO3 9NI1M A81 0VIZd NN03 SOif3 1 r r I 1 VOZ 9 a a 191 V V 39V10i 6 1 H H j 3 3 d ___________3 K 8 NN 0 19t 3 IH9SI8 01V83N3S 831V1IS 33S NOIIVflNIINO 9NIWIM UOJ U313inV lJ31 NN03 OC3 dMV OOZ...

Страница 1313: ...M dOJ NNO3 20t3 L O LV g 3 3 v l a o dOiV1n93M S 9 39VllM M 7 9d H H 1Jd 81 13 H _______ T d BL I9 NNO 19f 3 b313HWV 1 131 H91DU N39 I31 LIVIS 33S NOIlVnNIINO 9NlBllWM UO dWV OOZ 311 snf N39 id31 N39...

Страница 1314: ...Figure 15 96 Starter Generator Left PA 31T S N 31T 8120001 and up and PA 31TI S N 31T 8104001 and up Revised 9 23 8 AL SYSTEM...

Страница 1315: ...INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 7E12...

Страница 1316: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 7E13...

Страница 1317: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 7E14...

Страница 1318: ...913L UILSAS VI3IJD3rI3 S13L Z8 SI Z pas at LOOOZLL 01 0OOOOL IIE N S IlE Vd Iqz JoleJ3auaD aelS 86 S1 ain3 q NNOD 10 3 13NVd NlNNV 33S NOILVnNIINO0 AV13U 39V11OA O9NWI HOJ __ 3AO HGIH I Gd _ O1J iYBp...

Страница 1319: ...IIImS 3is11 n 3 9 ldm S1 41 S 9 NN03 0Z3 ISn 3NN3 olv01 n1 ddV38 01 el I d 393V10A iH9I IoMiN03 I s ISHOm 1 5 3iiH 8yZH P IM il C J fflj o T l__ jliH __i NNOO03 I cna rV 0 13a 1 iH9 13Z 3 C1 ______3 i...

Страница 1320: ......

Страница 1321: ...b 3 _ r t _ Tz r 9 9 6tVd i i Iid 9 pud 2 Z fr d H 9 8Z 1r G 8 81 Z gL2ddH Z aiZ dH 1I OIM t bBZd 11 GD I I r Ms__D 773 F3 GI C8OA S T3 3SH H1 J I 1t D 00 SOZ3B ZZ3L IZ3L IV31SAS V31I1J3313 18 EZ 6 pa...

Страница 1322: ......

Страница 1323: ...INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 7E24...

Страница 1324: ...M WVh 9 L 9 9 1 I V 3 _ ildWO Ll II J 1k I A II I _E ZZ M M dlV 9S NNO9 06Vt3 1 CNN lv3Hr lT I i s 9NINhVM 19P Y6NNOO Y 9f ln9 VIN35 53 HIM V _ _ _ __ J j j lilnomio lOloi 4 NNO3O 9 9 N N 101l1 o liZd...

Страница 1325: ...d MOlOd HIIM 01OlO SVS NNOO OZE3 NhOH O 114 01 9 0 ID l NI sVM 991VIS 9NINMVM ItI ONI CMd r I 0 N N1 N I 3 d 3C2z 9 Ez D I D H H zz c 3B 8 ZZ C T 3 3 zz a aa 8 n N d d T el N N NNOO Obt3 A31indW0o z22...

Страница 1326: ...ED 5 5 OF ATTACK VANE PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL ESS BUS 20 STALL FIA 20 WARNING I 5 AMP 3 AMP SEE NOTE 1 ESS BUS 12 ANGLE OF 1211 9 ATTACK COMPUTER 2 AMP SAS MOTOR 2 AMP SAS MONITOR 2 AMP E227 CON...

Страница 1327: ...AIN BUS SAS MONITOR 2 AMP RIGHT GEAR SAFETY SWITCH AIRCRAFT ON E330 CONN GROUND SEE NOTE 2 1 3 Vs TEST A A STALL WARING E320 CONN ATTACK VANE NOTES 1 SEE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL 2 SEE PITOTHEAT RIGHTAND LEF...

Страница 1328: ...R ENGFUEL PRESSURE E457 CONN E 360 CONN EXTERNAL PWR 22 AN1 242 22 TRIM 16 7 L START ENERGIZED 15 40 R START ENERGIZED 14 41 L ENG DEICE 12 H R ENG DEICE 173 UNPRESS AIR SOURCE 222 35 L BETA 9 3 R BE...

Страница 1329: ...TNG 28 VDC R FIRE EXTNG GND GND GND R FIRE EXTNG INOP L FIRE EXTNG INOP E4 CONN E360 CONN EXTERNAL PWR TRIM L START ENERGIZED R STARTENERGIZED L DE ICE OFF RDE ICE OFF UNPRESS AIR SOURCE R BETA 10 L E...

Страница 1330: ...Figure 15 108 Stall Warning PA 31T1 S N 311 7804001 to 7904057 Figure 15 109 Stall Warning With Time Delay PA 31TI SN 31T 8004001 to 8004057 Revised 2 15 82 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7F13...

Страница 1331: ......

Страница 1332: ...ELECTRIAL SYSTEM 7F15...

Страница 1333: ...PA 31TI S N 31T 8004001 to 8004038 PA 31T S N 31T 8020001 SEE NOTE NOTE 1 SEE PANELLIGHTS Figure 15 113 Cabin Chimes Seat Belt No Smoking PA 31T S N 31T 8020067 and up and PA 31T1 S N 31T 8004034 and...

Страница 1334: ...MOTOR CONTROL RELAY I 0 Figure 15 114 Ice Protection Left PA 31T S N 31T 7400002 to 7720007 Revised 4 25 83 7F17 7F 17 ELECTRICALSYSTEM 7F18...

Страница 1335: ...NE SERVICE MANUAL EL516 55110 MOTOR CONTROL RELAY POWER CONTROL RELAY TO GROUND TEST SWITCH SEE RIGHT ICE PROTECTION SCHEMATIC E 331 CONN Figure 15 115 Ice Protection Left PA 31T S N 31T 7720008 to 77...

Страница 1336: ...E RIGHT ICE PROTECTION SCHEMAT E 331 CONN 7 IC E462 CONN LEFT ICE DEFLECTOR SELECTOR PROP DE ICE 20 AMP AIR INTAKE DE ICE I5 AMP LEFT ENGINE BUS TO RIGHT DE ICE SHUNT LEFT Figure 15 116 Ice Protection...

Страница 1337: ...MOTOR CONTROL RELAY PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 15 117 Ice Protection Left PA 31T S N 31T 8120001 and up and PA 31TI S N 31T 8104001 and up ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Revised 4 25 83 7F23 7F24...

Страница 1338: ...Figure 15 117a Ice Protection Left PA 31T1 S N 31T 8304001 to 8304003 and S N 31T 1104004 up 7G1 Added 10 15 97 7G2 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1339: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 7G3...

Страница 1340: ...PIPER CHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 7G4...

Страница 1341: ...Figure 15 118 Ice Protection Right PA 31T S N 31T 7400002 to 7720007 Reissued 2 6 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7G5 7G6...

Страница 1342: ...TOR E 331 CONN I POWER CONTROL RELAY MOTOR CONTROL RELAY DEFLECTOR UP LIMIT SWITCH AIR INTAKE DE ICE AMMETER TO ICE PROTECTION LEFT GROUND TEST SWITCH SAFETY SWITCH SEE LANDING GEAR WIRING DIAGRAM E 4...

Страница 1343: ...L520 56110 POWER CONTROL RELAY MOTOR CONTROL RELAY IN4006 RIGHT ENGINE BUS ICE SWITCH NOTE Usedon Later 78 Models and up Figure 15 120 Ice Protection Right PA 31T S N 31T 7820001 to 8020092 and PA 31T...

Страница 1344: ...ER CONTROL RELAY E462 CONN PIPERCHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL MOTOR CONTROL RELAY Figure 15 121 Ice Protection Right PA 31TS N 31T 8120001 up and PA 31T1 S N 31T 8104001 up 7G11 7G12 Revised 4 25 83 ELECTRIC...

Страница 1345: ...Figure 15 121a Ice Protection Right PA 31T1 S N 31T 8304001to 8304003 and S N 31T 1104004 up 7G13 7G14 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Added 10 15 97...

Страница 1346: ...ENOID IS NOT INSTALLED WIRE G25 IS CONNECTED TO E320 PIN 4 G4Y a G4X ARE REMOVED E211 ESS BUS E309 CONN TO LANDING LIGHT SOLENOIDS SEE AIRCRAFT LIGHTING WIREING DIAGRAM TO ICE DETECTOR SELECTOR SWITCH...

Страница 1347: ...SERVICE MANUAL EL522 55106 RIGHT LANDING GEAR SWITCHES TO LANDING LIGHT SOLENOIDS SEE AIRCRAFT LIGHTING WIREING DIAGRAM Figure 15 123 Landing Gear PA 31T S N 31T 7720008 to 8020092 and PA 31T1 S N 31...

Страница 1348: ...29710 L H SIDE OF PED TERMINAL BLOCK...

Страница 1349: ...LOCK PITCHTESTSWITCHBYPASSES THETHROTTLECAM SWITCH WHICH OPENS IN BETA EN ERGIZING DC TO THE LOCK PITCH SOLENOID TO DUMP THEMAXIMUM PROPOIL PRESSURE DEVELOPEDFORBETA REVERSE THIS ALLOWS SPRINGSTO STAR...

Страница 1350: ...TORNUMBERS E 100 SERIES LEFT WING AND NACELLE E 200 SERIES RIGHT WING AND NACELLE E 300 SERIES FROM FUSELAGE STA 81 00AFT E 400 SERIES ON FUSELAGE STA 8100 AND FORWARD H T G RESET AND LOCK PITCH TEST...

Страница 1351: ...B100 AFT E 400 SERIES ON FUSELAGESTA 81 00 FORWARD 2 REFER TO S A S WIRING DIAGRAM FOR CONTINUATION OF WIRING BETA RANGE LIGHTS HYDRAULIC GOV RESET SOLENOID PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL BLADE ANGLE...

Страница 1352: ...29712 ELECTRICAL HARNESS CONNECTORNUMBERS E 100 SERIES LEFT WING a NACELLE E 200 SERIES RIGHT WING a NACELLE E 00 SERIES FROM FUSELAGE STA 8100 AFT E 400 SERIES ON FUSELAGE STA 81 00 S FORWARD...

Страница 1353: ...Figure 15 129 Cabin Temperature Control PA 31TS N 31T 7400002to 7720007 Interim Revision 10 15 97 7116 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1354: ......

Страница 1355: ...Figure 15 131 Cabin Temperature Control PA 31T S N 31T 7820001 to 7920005 and PA 31T1 S N 31T 7804001 to 7804011 InterimRevision 10 15 97 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1356: ...TS N 31T 7520039 7720067 7920042 and up and PA 31T1S N 31T 7904016 andup PIPERCHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL CONDENSER BLOWER MOTOR E 223 CONN ORANGEON REPLACEMENT MOTORS PRODUCED1992 UP CABIN COMFORT RECIRCUL...

Страница 1357: ......

Страница 1358: ...Figure 15 134 Cabin Comfort PA 31TS N 31T 8120001 to 8120060 and PA 31T1 S N 31T 8104001 to 8104062 Interim Revision 10 15 97 7H15 7H16 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1359: ...SEE NOTE 2 CONDENSER...

Страница 1360: ...PA 31TS N 31T 7400002to 7720007 7H19 Reissued 2 6 81...

Страница 1361: ......

Страница 1362: ...LIGHTS LEFT RIGHT AMMETER VOLTMETER AMMETER PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL532...

Страница 1363: ...EL533 55100 LIGHTS LFFT RIGHT CONN Figure 15 138 Panel Lights PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 7I2...

Страница 1364: ...HT OXYGEN LIGHT ALTITUDE CONTROLLER GARRET PRESSURIZATION SEE NOTE I PANEL LIGHTS NOTES 1 NOT USED ON PA 31T1 S N 31T 8004037 AND UP 2 USED ON PA 31T1 S N 31T 8004037 AND UP Figure 15 139 Panel Lights...

Страница 1365: ...EL545...

Страница 1366: ...Figure 15 141 Auxiliary Heat Optional Added 9 23 81 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 717...

Страница 1367: ...EL 480 29813 E104 PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 718 Revised 2 15 82...

Страница 1368: ...PA 31T1 S N 31T 1104008 up 719 Added 10 15 97 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1369: ...PIPER CHEYENNESERVICE MANUAL PAGES 7110 THRU 7L24 INTENTIONALLY BLANK ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 7110 Interim Revision 10 15 97...

Страница 1370: ...ICE MANUAL CARD 8OF8 PA 31T CHEYENNE PA 31T CHEYENNE II PA 31T1 CHEYENNE I PA 31T1 CHEYENNE IA PA 31T2 CHEYENNE IIXL PIPER AIRCRAFT CORPORATION JULY 2 1984 PART NUMBER 753 826 8A1 INTERIM REVISION OCT...

Страница 1371: ...mber is vertical line reference per card Example 2J16 Aerofiche card number two of given set Grid location J16 To aid in locating the various chapters and related service information desired the follo...

Страница 1372: ...84 July 2 1984 February 20 1986 April 30 1986 August 21 1986 June 15 1988 March 13 1990 October 19 1994 March 20 1995 October 15 1997 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8 1Only 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 and 8...

Страница 1373: ...1TAND PA 31T1 2111 AEROFICHECARDNO 3 VIIIA POWERPLANT PA 31T2 3A8 IX FUELSYSTEM 3D7 X INSTRUMENTS 3F2 AEROFICHECARDNO 4 XI ELECTRICALSYSTEM 4A7 AEROFICHECARDNO 5 XII ELECTRONICS 5A9 XIII ENVIRONMENTAL...

Страница 1374: ...Propeller Right 8B18 15A 15 Fuel Heat Continuous Left 8B8 15A 16 Fuel Heat Continuous Right 8B10 15A 30 Pitot Heat 8C8 15A 37 Stall Warning Vane 8C2 15A 42 Surface Electropneumatic 8C18 15A 45 Windshi...

Страница 1375: ...er Left 8B8 15A 16 Auxiliary and Main Pumps Fuel Flow Press Temp Quantity Totalizer Right 8B10 INDICATORS 15A 17 Attitude Horizon Directional Gyro Turn and Bank Left Right 8B12 15A 27 Clock Optional 8...

Страница 1376: ...Left Right 8B14 15A 33 Prop and Gas Generator Tach Left Right 8C10 15A 34 Prop Sync 8C11 WARNINGSYSTEMS Annunciator Panel 15A 1 S N s 31T 8166001to 31T 8166032 31T 8166034to 31T 8166061 8A11 15A 1a S...

Страница 1377: ...TING IGNITION SYSTEM LIGHTING SYSTEM ELECTRICAL GAUGES PRIMARY POWER PROPELLER DEICER ALTERNATORFIELD PRESSURIZATIONSYSTEM FUEL AND OIL SURFACE DEICER WINDSHIELD HEAT WINDSHIELD WIPER 8A8 E 100 Series...

Страница 1378: ...SOLENOID BUS BAR...

Страница 1379: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 8A10...

Страница 1380: ......

Страница 1381: ......

Страница 1382: ...RIGHT Figure 15A 2 Anti Collision Light 8A15 Revised 4 25 83 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1383: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL405 29806...

Страница 1384: ...Figure 15A 3a Bleed Air Control PA 31T2 S N 31T 1166001 and up ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 8A17...

Страница 1385: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 8A18...

Страница 1386: ...Figure 15A 4 Cabin Temperature Control 8A19 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1387: ......

Страница 1388: ...E332 CONN C PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 15A 7 Cabin Instruments O A T Airspeed and Altitude INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Revised 4 25 83 8A21 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1389: ...NOTE 1 SEE CHIMES...

Страница 1390: ...R CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 15A 9 Cigar Lighter Flush Toilet Opt PA 31T2 S N 31T 8166001 to 8166076 EL40AN Figure 15A 9a Cigar Lighter 28v Flush Toilet Opt PA 31T2 S N 31T 1166001 and up 8A23 ELE...

Страница 1391: ......

Страница 1392: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Figure 15A 11 Ajar Aisle Exit With Time Delay Revised 4 25 83 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 8B1...

Страница 1393: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 8B2...

Страница 1394: ...H 29808 ECS OVERTEMP SWITCH PRESS REGULATING SHUTOFFVALVE PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL E350 BY PASS VALVE SEE NOTE 2AF3 SELECTOR RT MAIN BUS FT MAIN BUS NOTES 1 SEE ANNUNCIATORPANEL 2 SEE STARTERGENE...

Страница 1395: ...E331 CONN PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL...

Страница 1396: ...Figure 15A 14 Fire Extinguisher PA 31T2 S N 31T 8166062 to 31T 8166076 Revised 3 23 84 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 8B6...

Страница 1397: ...E CONN PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL I EL 4 0 AL E401 CONN BATTERY BUS I Figure 15A 14a Fire Extinguisher PA 31T2 S N 31T 1166001 and up Added 3 23 84 8B7 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1398: ...8B7A THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK...

Страница 1399: ......

Страница 1400: ......

Страница 1401: ...8B11A THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK...

Страница 1402: ......

Страница 1403: ...EL40AT Figure 15A 18 Heated Thermos Opt Figure 15A 19 Hour Meter and O A T ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1404: ...8B13A THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK...

Страница 1405: ...OHS NN03 MS Y3A3 H3MOd 5ZI3 alON310S 13S3W AOs9 o11lVUAH OION3lOS 13S3 N AOO o1AnvOQAH MS A13JVS V39 9NIONVI 3SON NN03 LZZ 3 1 Cll3 z3 CdT iiri a f13 W dI a VS V13S aNV S H 1HSIH sna NIVIW Q d J aNy V...

Страница 1406: ...SWITCH PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL40X 29814 LEFT ICE PROTECTION SELECTOR SWITCH NOTES 1 SEE ICEPROTECTION RIGHT 2 SEE LANDING GEAR 3 SEE ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 4 SEE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL LEFT ICE BUS IC...

Страница 1407: ...133d130 331 Sng 331 IH91I 6T88 8188 INJ3SAS 1V3IHJI3313 8 SZ P pas AaH l13 l uo lalOJd ao3 I VSI a na H313VIAIV 8331 30 dOlOW 01D339130 NN03 H3DIMS lAIWl dn OION30IOS U01331 30 3IV88 NN03 I ________ _...

Страница 1408: ...8B19A THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK...

Страница 1409: ...Figure 15A 23Ignition Left and Right Revised 4 25 83 8B20 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1410: ...Figure 15A 24 Ignition Auto Left and Right Opt ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Revised 3 23 84 8B21...

Страница 1411: ...EL40AM 29813F PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL...

Страница 1412: ...13 9L09918 1I o01 1009918 LIE N S Zllf Vd 8u lueA puu IOJlUOD lead 8u pu1 Z V SI wanlJ I t S3H31IAMS MV39 SNIaNVI 13 H311MS A13lVS V39 131 oi 11 21 01 0 Q350 1 S0oa0 a3SO01D uInbID N3dO SDOO0 N3dO In1...

Страница 1413: ...V39 1J331 6 0 11 2 ol 9 6 11 Z NN03 OS 3 333S 1 1 03 i 5 zZE I Tg C iT 891 91 IS3 3 T 1 2 T t 9 91 91 HgiS33 F I 61 61 EIS33 1 71 9 IZ IZ 3gS33Z 3 lZ iL TZT iz 33S I tlgl 1 1 J ZZZZ I NN03 91t3 9 9 8...

Страница 1414: ...Figure 15A 26 Landing Taxi and Wing Inspection Lights Early Models Revised 4 25 83 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 8C3...

Страница 1415: ...Figure 15A 27 Landing Taxi and Wing Inspection Lights Later Models Revised 4 25 83 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 8C4...

Страница 1416: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL EL40AR 01693B LT R MAIN BUS Figure 15A 27a Landing Taxi and Wing Inspection Lights I Added 3 23 84 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 8C5...

Страница 1417: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL 29806 NOTE 1 SEEANNUNCIATOR PANEL Figure 15A 28 Oil Cooler Doors Left and Right 8C6 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Interim Revision 10 15 97...

Страница 1418: ...I I CONN Figure 15A 29 Oil Temperature Oil Pressure Left and Right ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Revised 4 25 83 8C7...

Страница 1419: ...8C8...

Страница 1420: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL SEE NCTE2 NOTES 1 SEE STARTER GENERATOR LEFT 2 SEE STARTER GENERATOR RIGHT 3 SEE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL 4 SEE FUGHT CLEARANCE SWITCH 5 EC S CONTROL Figure 15A 32 Power Distri...

Страница 1421: ...E CONN PIPER CHEYENNESERVICEMANUAL EL 452 E104 CONN Figure 15A 33 Prop and Gas Generator Tach Left and Right INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ReVised 3 23 84 8C10 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1422: ...EL40N...

Страница 1423: ...Figure 15A 35 Razor Inverters Opt 7 5 A RECIRC FAN SW LEFT RECIRC DOOR SOLENOID RIGHT RECIRC NON ESS BUS RECIRC Figure 15A 36 Recirculation Fan Revised 3 23 84 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 8C12...

Страница 1424: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL NOTE 1 SEE PITOT HEAT Figure 15A 37 Stall Warning With Time Delay INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Revised 4 25 83 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 8C13...

Страница 1425: ......

Страница 1426: ...Figure 15A 39 Starter Generator Left PA 31T2 S N 31T 1166001 and up PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL...

Страница 1427: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL...

Страница 1428: ...SEE NOTE I SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE I...

Страница 1429: ...Figure 15A 42 Surface Deice Revised 3 23 84 8C18 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1430: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Revised 3 23 84 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 8C19...

Страница 1431: ...Figure 15A 45 Windshield Heat Left and Right Revised 3 23 84 8C20 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1432: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL ESS Bus WINDSHIELD WIPER 10 AMP Figure 15A 46 Windshield Wiper INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Revised 3 23 84 8C21...

Страница 1433: ......

Страница 1434: ...1 l N S Zlt Vd slqg T lrued 8t Vgl amn SIHO11 13NVd 1139SVSs N31SVJ vc Q 9 511 13NVd sng NIVVIH 0q1 Si 1 3NVd I snS NIVW l SaOLl avOl I 9i i Z Lzlzzislzj JI l zlll i IC li oz l il 1sI1 LJ I11zO XOg 1...

Страница 1435: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL Added 3 23 84 Figure 15 48a Panel Lights PA 31T2 S N 31T 1166001and up 8D1 8D2 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM...

Страница 1436: ...a3I JaqlBeajoinv 61 VSI angi J 3NI9N3 i3H91 m dA IyA I 3A1VA MS SS38d I dNrna id f r v Jv eJV3 F _ I D 2F Z Z r 23 1 I Io dS I3 ulti 1J o 4 II bII e eoloL Z _____ Iii I 91 9 I t l3 1 9V Ic za9c9 9_ 4I...

Страница 1437: ...PIPER CHEYENNE SERVICE MANUAL GRIDS 8D5 THRU 8L24 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 8D5...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов

Похожие инструкции для PA-31T CHEYENNE

Cessna 680-0001

Бренд: Textron Страницы: 24

Бренд: Nova Страницы: 75

Бренд: Alpi Aviation Страницы: 39

Бренд: Vladimir's Models Страницы: 12

Бренд: Gin Страницы: 23

Бренд: Cabrinha Kites Страницы: 46

Бренд: Icarus Страницы: 36

Бренд: SOARING MODELS Страницы: 11

Бренд: Strong Enterprises Страницы: 98

Бренд: Roko Aero Страницы: 69

Бренд: Nervures Страницы: 20

Бренд: MicronWings Страницы: 20

Бренды по названию

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Популярные бренды

Загрузить еще бренды